Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Cuts Energy
Consumption
Offsets
40% Climate Change
A Global
Switch To
LED Lighting
Saves Improves
City Safety &
128 billion Appearance
Eliminates
670
million tonnes of
Provides Solar
Solutions For Areas
Without Electricity
CO2 emission
Sustainability
Lighting is one of the fastest and most cost-efective At Philips, we strive to make the world healthier and more
ways to save energy. Switching to green alternatives has sustainable through innovation. We’ve been improving
an immediate impact on energy use, CO2 emissions and the quality of people’s lives – and their environment –
the environment and it also improves light quality. with our lighting innovations ever since Gerard and Anton
Lighting accounts roughly for 19% of the world’s Philips founded our company back in 1891. In recent years
electricity use. And about 75% of all lighting is based on we have been driving the global energy-eiciency
old, energy-ineicient solutions. agenda, taking the lead in calling for all ineicient lighting
to be phased out as quickly as possible.
2
Be Inspired Be informed
Lighting is all about creativity, inspiration and expression. The In this part of the book you will ind detailed descriptions of
irst section of the book is full of examples from around the UK the LED sources, luminaires and controls that enable such
displaying the startling results achieved by using Philips LED freedom and creativity in lighting. For each product, the
lighting solutions. Although the colour properties of LEDs have speciic characteristics and related beneits are given in an
been frequently applied by designers for atmosphere creation, easy-to-access manner. In this way, you can identify the
entertainment and architectural highlighting, there is another optimum solution for applications ranging from indoor and
area where LEDs are becoming increasingly popular; white light. outdoor to functional, decorative, general or accent lighting.
3
Indoor Luminaires 01
Recessed Page 12
02
Suspended Page 44
03
Downlights Page 86
06
21
A lifetime of innovation
1924 1931
Duplo car-lamps Philora sodium gas
discharge lamp
Light sources
Software and modules
Solutions
and
Controls
Services
Packaged LEDs
Luminaires
We believe light is potential – light is possibility, and we are bringing those possibilities to life.
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 10
Recessed
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 11
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed
01
DayZone
DayZone 13 PowerBalance gen2
PowerBalance gen2 16 CoreLine Recessed
CoreLine Recessed 19 eW Sky
eW Sky Ribbon
Ribbon Wall
Wall Washing
Washing Powercore
Powercore 24
eColor SkyRibbon
eColor SkyRibbon Wall
Wall Washing
Washing SkyRibbon IntelliHue
SkyRibbon IntelliHue Wall
Wall Washing
Washing
Powercore
Powercore 27 Powercore
Powercore 29 Maxos
Maxos LED,
LED, recessed
recessed 33 Smartform
Smartform LED
LED BBS460
BBS460 35
Smartform LED
Smartform LED BBS415
BBS415 39
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 12
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > DayZone
01
DayZone – innovative design meets sustainability
Benefits
• Inspiring design
• Sustainable solution
• Visual comfort
Features
• Lumen packages for both 500 and 300 lux environments
• Dedicated MLO optic design
• Special patented light-mixing chamber
• Round housing available for plaster ceiling applications
Applications
• Offices
• Retail
• Hospitality
• Healthcare
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 13
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > DayZone
01
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED20S 1 29 2,000 69 4,000 80 White BBS560, BBS561
LED20S 1 33 2,000 61 3,000 80 White BBS560, BBS561
LED35S 1 51 3,500 69 4,000 80 White BBS560, BBS561, BBS562
LED35S 1 55 3,500 64 3,000 80 White BBS560, BBS561, BBS562
LED35S 1 56 3,500 63 4,000 80 White BBS560, BBS561
LED35S 1 61 3,500 57 3,000 80 White BBS560, BBS561
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED20S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,000 lm, ’LED35S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,500 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 14
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > DayZone
01
Product sample > BBS560 LED35S/840 PSD AC-MLO-C W
BBS560 • LED Module, system flux 3,500 lm • Power supply unit with DALI interface • Acrylate micro-lens optic with circle
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 15
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > PowerBalance gen2
01
PowerBalance gen2 – sustainable performance
Benefits
• Extremely efficient office-norm-compliant LED luminaire
• Good-quality lighting solution for direct replacement of T5
luminaires in most indoor applications
• Significantly reduces operational costs, resulting in an attractive
payback time
Features
• Variety of mounting options
• Advanced LED technology
• Available in different shapes and sizes
• Office-norm-compliant
Applications
• Offices
• Other indoor applications
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Option2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED34S 29 3,400 115 4,000 ≥80 White RC461B
LED34S 34 3,400 100 4,000 ≥80 White EL3, EL3-LED RC460B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED34S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,400 lm
2
’Option’ value abbreviations: ’EL3’ = Emergency lighting 3 hours duration, ’EL3-LED’ = Emergency lighting with LED 3 hours duration
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 16
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > PowerBalance gen2
01
Product sample > RC460B G2 LED34S/840 PSD W60L60 PCV W
RC460B • LED Module, system flux 3,400 lm • Power supply unit with DALI interface • Plaster ceiling version
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 17
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > PowerBalance gen2
01
Product sample > RC461B G2 LED34S/840 PSD W60L60 PCV W
RC461B • LED Module, system flux 3,400 lm • Power supply unit with DALI interface • Plaster ceiling version
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 18
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > CoreLine Recessed
01
CoreLine Recessed – the clear choice for LED
Benefits
• Enables a simple switch from basic conventional fluorescent
luminaires to LED luminaires
• Energy saving of over 30% compared to functional TL5 luminaires
• Slim design with a height of only 35 mm
Features
• Integrated LED technology
• Slim housing
• Surface-mounted version also available (also suitable for
suspension)
Applications
• General lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Option2 Luminaires type
light sources Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED24S 2 27.5 2,700 98 4,000 ≥80 White EL3 RC120B
LED24S 2 28.5 2,700 95 3,000 ≥80 White RC120B
LED25S 2 28.5 2,700 95 3,000 ≥80 White RC120B
LED25S 2 31.0 2,500 81 3,000 ≥80 White RC120B
LED26S 4,000 ≥80 White EL3 RC120B
LED26S 2 31.0 2,600 84 4,000 ≥80 White EL3 RC120B
LED26S 2 32.0 2,600 81 3,000 ≥80 White RC120B
LED34S 2 35.5 3,400 96 4,000 ≥80 White EL3 RC120B
LED34S 2 37.0 3,400 92 3,000 ≥80 White RC120B
LED36S 2 42.0 3,600 86 3,000 ≥80 White RC120B
LED37S 4,000 ≥80 White EL3 RC120B
LED37S 2 42.0 3,700 88 4,000 ≥80 White RC120B
LED37S 2 44.0 3,700 84 3,000 ≥80 White RC120B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,400 lm, ’LED25S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,500 lm, ’LED26S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,600 lm,
’LED34S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,400 lm, ’LED36S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,600 lm, ’LED37S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,700 lm
2
’Option’ value abbreviations: ’EL3’ = Emergency lighting 3 hours duration
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 19
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > CoreLine Recessed
01
Product sample > RC120B LED27S/840 PSD W30L120 VAR-PC
RC120B • LED Module, system flux 2,400 lm • Power supply unit with DALI interface
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 20
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > CoreLine Recessed
01
Product sample > RC120B LED26S/840 PSD W30L120
RC120B • LED Module, system flux 2,600 lm • Power supply unit with DALI interface
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 21
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > CoreLine Recessed
01
Product sample > RC120B LED26S/840 PSU W60L60
RC120B • LED Module, system flux 2,600 lm • Power supply unit
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 22
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > CoreLine Recessed
01
Product sample > RC120B LED37S/840 PSD W60L60
RC120B • LED Module, system flux 3,700 lm • Power supply unit with DALI interface
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 23
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > eW Sky Ribbon Wall Washing Powercore
01
eW SkyRibbon Wall Washing Powercore
Benefits
• Mimics all shades of white
• High light output
Features
• Consistent colour from fixture to fixture
• No hot-spotting, colour shifting, tiger-striping, or unwanted edge
effects
• Free from beam striations – high-quality white light
Applications
• Hospitality
• Fashion
• Office
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Rendering Colour Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
White RA501S
70 3,360 53.8 2,700 82 White RA501S
70 3,501 52.4 4,000 84 White RA501S
70 3,536 52.9 3,500 85 White RA501S
70 3,702 55.3 3,000 83 White RA501S
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 24
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > eW Sky Ribbon Wall Washing Powercore
01
Product sample > RA501S 3500 LED MODULE CE
eW SkyRibbon Wall washing
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 25
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > eW Sky Ribbon Wall Washing Powercore
01
Product sample > RA501Z LEADER CABLE 3M CE
Leader cable 3.0 m CE
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 26
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > eColor SkyRibbon Wall Washing Powercore
01
eColor SkyRibbon Wall Washing Powercore - recessed
linear interior LED wall washing fixture with solid colour
light
Benefits
• Static colour light
Features
• Consistent colour from fixture to fixture
• No hot-spotting, colour shifting, tiger-striping, or unwanted edge
effects
• Free from beam striations – high-quality white light
Applications
• Hospitality
• Fashion
• Office
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
System Power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
White RA501S, RA502S
70 White RA502S
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 27
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > eColor SkyRibbon Wall Washing Powercore
01
Product sample > RA501S HOUSING T-BAR CE
eW SkyRibbon Wall washing
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 28
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > SkyRibbon IntelliHue Wall Washing Powercore
01
IntelliHue SkyRibbon Wall Washing Powercore
Benefits
• Mimics all shades of white
• Precise colour changing
• Dynamic recessed accent-lighting fixture
Features
• Unique IntelliHue technology enables high-quality intelligent colour
and white light from the same fixture
• Consistent colour from fixture to fixture
• No hot-spotting, colour shifting, tiger-striping, or unwanted edge
effects
• Tunable white – precise control of colour temperature
• Free from beam striations – high-quality white light
Applications
• Hospitality
• Fashion
• Office
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
System Power Luminous Efficacy Lamp Colour Luminaires type
(W) (lm/W)
White RA503S
66 33.4 White RA503S
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 29
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > SkyRibbon IntelliHue Wall Washing Powercore
01
Product sample > RA503S HOUSING SLOT-T CE
IntelliHue SkyRibbon Wall washing
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 30
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > SkyRibbon IntelliHue Wall Washing Powercore
01
Product sample > RA503Z DIFFUSER LENS 90X90 CE
Diffuser lens 100° x 100° for European market
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 31
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > SkyRibbon IntelliHue Wall Washing Powercore
01
Product sample > RA503Z LOUVER CE
Louver CE
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 32
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > Maxos LED, recessed
01
Maxos LED Recessed – always spot on
Benefits
• Maximum visibility of merchandise
• Energy savings
• Easy installation, no hazardous materials, and no maintenance
Features
• Highly efficient LED light engine
• Advanced optical system
• System efficiency above 79 lm/W
• 50,000 hours lifetime
• Plug-and-play electrical connection (e. g. Wieland)
Applications
• Shops and supermarkets
• Petrol stations
• Warehouses
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
light sources Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED10S 1 14 1,290 92 4,000 >80 White RC300B, RC302B
LED10S 1 15 1,290 86 3,000 >80 White RC300B
LED10S 2 28 2,240 80 4,000 >80 White RC300B, RC302B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED10S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,000 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 33
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > Maxos LED, recessed
01
Product sample > RC300B 2xLED10S/840 PSU W
RC300B • 2 pcs • LED Module, system flux 1,000 lm • Power supply unit
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 34
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > Smartform LED BBS460
01
SmartForm LED – adding sustainability and light effects to
an existing range
Benefits
• Energy saving
• Inspiring light effects
• Highly versatile family
Features
• High luminaire efficiency
• Choice of optics
• Designed to fit in a wide range of ceiling types
Applications
• General lighting for office applications
• Circulation areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour Option2 Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED24 25 1,800 72 4,000 ≥80 White BBS460
LED24 25 1,900 76 4,000 ≥80 White BBS460
LED48 47 3,700 79 4,000 ≥80 White EL3 BBS464
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED Module 2,400 lm, ’LED48’ = LED Module 4,800 lm
2
’Option’ value abbreviations: ’EL3’ = Emergency lighting 3 hours duration
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 35
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > Smartform LED BBS460
01
Product sample > BBS464 LED48/840 PSD W30L120 AC-MLO W
BBS464 • LED Module 4,800 lm • Power supply unit with DALI interface • Acrylate micro-lens optic
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 36
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > Smartform LED BBS460
01
Product sample > BBS464 LED48/840 W30L120 AC-MLO ACL W AI
BBS464 • LED Module 4,800 lm • Acrylate micro-lens optic • ActiLume
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 37
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > Smartform LED BBS460
01
Product sample > BBS464 LED48/840 W60L60 PC-MLO EL3 W4
BBS464 • LED Module 4,800 lm • Polycarbonate micro lens optic • Emergency lighting 3 hours duration
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 38
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > Smartform LED BBS415
01
SmartForm LED – the new standard for office lighting
Benefits
• Energy saving
• Inspiring light effects
• Highly versatile family
Features
• High luminaire efficiency
• Choice of optics
• Designed to fit in a wide range of ceiling types
Applications
• General lighting for office applications
• Circulation areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Luminous Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Rendering Colour Luminaires type
Power Flux Lamp Temperature Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED24 25 1,700 68 4,000 >80 White BBS411, BBS415, BBS417
LED24 25 1,900 76 4,000 >80 White BBS415
LED24 25 2,000 80 4,000 >80 White BBS411, BBS415, BBS417
LED48 47 3,500 74 4,000 >80 White BBS415
LED48 47 4,200 89 4,000 >80 White BBS415
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED Module 2,400 lm, ’LED48’ = LED Module 4,800 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 39
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > Smartform LED BBS415
01
Product sample > BBS411 LED24/840 PSD W9L120 MLO-PC W
BBS411 • LED Module 2,400 lm • Power supply unit with DALI interface • Micro-lens optic in polycarbonate cover
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 40
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > Smartform LED BBS415
01
Product sample > BBS415 LED24/840 PSD W15L120 MLO-PC PI
BBS415 • LED Module 2,400 lm • Power supply unit with DALI interface • Micro-lens optic in polycarbonate cover
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 41
Indoor Luminaires > Recessed > Smartform LED BBS415
01
Product sample > BBS417 LED24/840 PSD W9L120 LIN-PC PI
BBS417 • LED Module 2,400 lm • Power supply unit with DALI interface • Linear-lens array in polycarbonate cover
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 42
Suspended
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 43
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended
02
LumiStone
LumiStone
SP520P/SP522P/SP524P/SP526P
SP520P/SP522P/SP524P/SP526P 45 SmartBalance, suspended
SmartBalance, suspended 50 Celino LED
Celino LED BPS680
BPS680 53 Arano LED
Arano LED BPS640
BPS640 55
SmartForm
SmartForm TPS460/462/464
TPS460/462/464 58 SmartForm
SmartForm LED
LED BPS460
BPS460 59
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 44
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > LumiStone SP520P/SP522P/SP524P/SP526P
Benefits
• Creates a truly inspiring environment with appealing design and
indirect lighting 02
• Over 50% energy savings compared to a functional luminaire, and
even more compared to decorative solutions
• Many variations thanks to innovative mounting options
Features
• Choice of direct and direct/indirect lighting
• Office norm-compliant
• Versions available for concrete and recessed ceilings
Applications
• Offices – general and task lighting
• Retail
• Hospitality
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 45
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > LumiStone SP520P/SP522P/SP524P/SP526P
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp Number of System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
light sources Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED15S 2 29 3,000 103 4,000 ≥80 Grey, White SP520P, SP524P 02
LED15S 2 31 3,000 97 3,000 ≥80 Grey, White SP520P, SP524P
LED20S 2 38 4,000 105 4,000 ≥80 Grey, White SP522P, SP526P
LED20S 2 40 4,000 100 3,000 ≥80 Grey, White SP522P, SP526P
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 46
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > LumiStone SP520P/SP522P/SP524P/SP526P
02
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 47
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > LumiStone SP520P/SP522P/SP524P/SP526P
02
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 48
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > LumiStone SP520P/SP522P/SP524P/SP526P
02
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 49
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > SmartBalance, suspended
Features
• Energy efficacy > 90 lm/W, allowing energy cost savings of around
30%
• Compact, lightweight and unobtrusive
• Meets UGR 19 and two levels of L65, namely 1,500/3,000 cd/m2
• Offers a number of options to meet the needs of the specification
business, such as (wireless) DALI-controllable, emergency lighting,
coupling parts
Applications
• Indoor general lighting applications requiring surface or suspended
mounting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED30S 40 3,000 75 4,000 >80 White SP480P
LED30S 42 3,000 71 3,000 >80 White SP480P
LED35S 40 3,500 88 4,000 >80 White SP480P
LED35S 42 3,500 83 3,000 >80 White SP480P
LED40S 42 4,000 95 4,000 >80 White SP482P
LED40S 44 4,000 91 3,000 >80 White SP482P
LED40S 48 4,000 83 4,000 >80 White SP482P
LED40S 50 4,000 80 3,000 >80 White SP482P
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED30S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,000 lm, ’LED35S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,500 lm, ’LED40S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,000 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 50
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > SmartBalance, suspended
02
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 51
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > SmartBalance, suspended
02
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 52
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > Celino LED BPS680
Benefits
• Complete luminaire range that reflects the trend to miniaturisation
and architectural integration 02
• Excellent optical performance using optical covers for optimum
visual comfort and efficiency
Features
• Complete luminaire range that reflects the trend to miniaturisation
and architectural integration
• Excellent optical performance using optical covers for optimum
visual comfort and efficiency
Applications
• Offices
• Education
• Healthcare
• Retail
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 53
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > Celino LED BPS680
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Luminous Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour2 Luminaires type
sources Power Flux Lamp Temperature Rendering Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED24 1 25 1,650 66 4,000 ≥80 ALU BPS680
LED24 1 25 2,050 82 4,000 ≥80 ALU BPS680 02
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED Module 2,400 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’ALU’ = Aluminium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 54
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > Arano LED BPS640
Benefits
• Miniaturist design with optimum performance in terms of light
distribution, visual comfort and efficiency 02
• Creates a bright, welcoming ambience with surface-mounted,
suspended, free-standing and wall-mounted versions, some with
direct/indirect lighting
• Complies fully with the latest office-lighting standards
Features
• Integrated LED technology
• Patented micro-lens (MLO) or linear lens array (LIN) optic
• Surface-mounted, suspended, free-standing and wall-mounted
versions available, some with direct/indirect lighting
Applications
• Office
• Department stores
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED24 25 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BPS640
LED24 25 1,700 68 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BPS640
LED24 25 1,800 72 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BPS640
LED24 25 2,100 84 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BPS640
LED48 47 3,500 74 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BPS640
LED48 47 4,250 90 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BPS640
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED Module 2,400 lm, ’LED48’ = LED Module 4,800 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 55
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > Arano LED BPS640
02
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 56
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > Arano LED BPS640
02
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 57
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > SmartForm TPS460/462/464
Benefits
• Top-class lighting performance meets all project requirements
• Fresh-looking design 02
• Energy-efficient
Features
• Very slim housing – only 47 mm deep
• State-of-the-art lamps
• High-efficiency optics and covers
• Direct/indirect light distribution
• Possibility to add lighting controls
Applications
• Offices
• Shops
• Schools
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 58
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > SmartForm LED BPS460
Benefits
• Top-class lighting performance meets all project requirements
• Fresh-looking design 02
• Energy-efficient
Features
• Very slim housing – only 47 mm deep
• State-of-the-art LED lighting
• High-efficiency optical covers
• Possibility to add lighting controls
Applications
• Offices
• Shops
• Schools
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED24 25 1,650 66 4,000 ≥80 White BPS460
LED24 25 1,850 74 4,000 ≥80 White BPS460
LED24 25 2,050 82 4,000 ≥80 White BPS460
LED48 47 3,500 74 4,000 ≥80 White BPS460
LED48 47 3,600 77 4,000 ≥80 White BPS460
LED48 47 4,300 91 4,000 ≥80 White BPS460
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED Module 2,400 lm, ’LED48’ = LED Module 4,800 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 59
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > SmartForm LED BPS460
02
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 60
Indoor Luminaires > Suspended > SmartForm LED BPS460
02
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 61
Surface mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 62
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted
03
CoreLine Surface-mounted
CoreLine Surface-mounted 64 SmartBalance, surface
SmartBalance, surface mounted
mounted 69 SmartForm LED
SmartForm LED BCS460
BCS460 71 Celino LED
Celino LED BCS680
BCS680 73
Arano
Arano LED
LED BCS640
BCS640 75
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 63
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > CoreLine Surface-mounted
Benefits
• Enables a simple switch from basic conventional luminaires to LED
luminaires
• Energy saving of up to 40% compared to functional TL-D luminaires
• Slim design with a height of less than 40 mm
• Optional 3hr Emergency version available
Features
• Integrated LED technology 03
• Slim housing
• Suspension set available as an accessory
• Recessed version also available for use in grid ceilings
• 3 hour Emergency version available
Applications
• General lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Option2 Luminaires type
light sources Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED24S 2 28 2,700 98 4,000 ≥80 White SM120V
LED24S 2 29 2,700 95 3,000 ≥80 White SM120V
LED25S 2 31 2,500 81 3,000 ≥80 White SM120V
LED26S 2 31 2,600 84 4,000 ≥80 White EL3 SM120V
LED26S 2 32 2,600 81 3,000 ≥80 White SM120V
LED34S 2 36 3,400 96 4,000 ≥80 White SM120V
LED34S 2 37 3,400 92 3,000 ≥80 White SM120V
LED36S 2 42 3,600 86 3,000 ≥80 White SM120V
LED37S 2 42 3,700 88 4,000 ≥80 White EL3 SM120V
LED37S 2 44 3,700 84 3,000 ≥80 White SM120V
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,400 lm, ’LED25S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,500 lm, ’LED26S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,600 lm,
’LED34S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,400 lm, ’LED36S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,600 lm, ’LED37S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,700 lm
2
’Option’ value abbreviations: ’EL3’ = Emergency lighting 3 hours duration
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 64
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > CoreLine Surface-mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 65
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > CoreLine Surface-mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 66
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > CoreLine Surface-mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 67
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > CoreLine Surface-mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 68
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > SmartBalance, surface mounted
Features
• Energy efficacy > 90 lm/W, allowing energy cost savings of around
30% 03
• Compact, lightweight and unobtrusive
• SmartBalance meets UGR 19 and two levels of L65, namely
1,500/3,000 cd/m2
• SmartBalance offers a number of options to meet the needs of
the specification business, such as (wireless) DALI-controllable,
emergency lighting, coupling parts
Applications
• Indoor general lighting applications requiring surface or suspended
mounting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED30S 40 3,000 75 4,000 >80 White SM480C
LED30S 42 3,000 71 3,000 >80 White SM480C
LED35S 40 3,500 88 4,000 >80 White SM480C
LED35S 42 3,500 83 3,000 >80 White SM480C
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED30S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,000 lm, ’LED35S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,500 lm
90° 90°
75° 75°
300
45° 45°
400
500
30° 15° 0°
0° 15° 30°
(cd/klm) 100%
0° - 180° 90° - 270°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 69
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > SmartBalance, surface mounted
75° 75°
300
45° 45°
400
500
30° 15° 0°
0° 15° 30°
(cd/klm) 100%
0° - 180° 90° - 270°
90° 90°
75° 75°
300
45° 45°
500
30° 15° 0°
0° 15° 30°
(cd/klm) 100%
0° - 180° 90° - 270°
75° 75°
300
45° 45°
500
30° 15° 0°
0° 15° 30°
(cd/klm) 100%
0° - 180° 90° - 270°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 70
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > SmartForm LED BCS460
Benefits
• Top-class lighting performance meets all project requirements
• Fresh-looking design
• Energy-efficient
Features
• Very slim housing – only 47 mm deep
• State-of-the-art LED lighting
• High-efficiency optical covers 03
• Possibility to add lighting controls
Applications
• Offices
• Shops
• Schools
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
74 >80 BCS460
LED24 25 1,650 66 4,000 ≥80 White BCS460
LED24 25 1,850 74 4,000 ≥80 White BCS460
LED24 25 2,050 82 4,000 ≥80 White BCS460
LED48 47 3,600 77 4,000 ≥80 White BCS460
LED48 47 4,300 91 4,000 ≥80 White BCS460
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED Module 2,400 lm, ’LED48’ = LED Module 4,800 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 71
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > SmartForm LED BCS460
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 72
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > Celino LED BCS680
Benefits
• Complete luminaire range that reflects the trend to miniaturisation
and architectural integration
• Excellent optical performance: optical covers for optimum visual
comfort and efficiency
Features
• Complete luminaire range that reflects the trend to miniaturisation
and architectural integration 03
• Excellent optical performance: optical covers for optimum visual
comfort and efficiency
Applications
• Offices
• Education
• Healthcare
• Retail
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour2 Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED24 25 1,650 66 4,000 ≥80 ALU BCS680
LED24 25 2,050 82 4,000 ≥80 ALU BCS680
LED48 50 3,300 66 4,000 ≥80 ALU BCS680
LED48 50 4,050 81 4,000 ≥80 ALU BCS680
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED Module 2,400 lm, ’LED48’ = LED Module 4,800 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’ALU’ = Aluminium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 73
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > Celino LED BCS680
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 74
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > Arano LED BCS640
Benefits
• Miniaturist design with optimum performance in terms of light
distribution, visual comfort and efficiency
• Creates a bright, welcoming ambience
• Complies fully with the latest office-lighting standards
Features
• Miniaturist design
• Micro-optic with 3-D lamellae 03
• Fully compliant with office-lighting standard EN 12464-1
• Surface-mounted, suspended, free-standing and wall-mounted
versions, some with direct/indirect lighting
• Mounting individually or in lines
Applications
• Offices
• Department stores
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED24 25 4,000 >80 BCS640
LED24 25 1,700 68 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BCS640
LED24 25 1,800 72 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BCS640
LED24 25 2,100 84 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BCS640
LED48 47 3,500 74 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BCS640
LED48 47 4,250 90 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BCS640
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED Module 2,400 lm, ’LED48’ = LED Module 4,800 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 75
Indoor Luminaires > Surface mounted > Arano LED BCS640
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 76
Wall mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 77
Indoor Luminaires > Wall mounted
AmbiScene Mirror í
CoreLine Wall-mounted
CoreLine Wall-mounted 79 iColor Tile
iColor Tile MX
MX 82 AmbiScene Vanity
AmbiScene Vanity Mirror
Mirror Seasons
Seasons 83 AmbiScene Fashion
AmbiScene Fashion Mirror
Mirror Occasions
Occasions 84
04
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 78
Indoor Luminaires > Wall mounted > CoreLine Wall-mounted
Benefits
• Up to 55% energy savings compared with luminaires with PL-C
lamps
• Direct replacement for traditional wall-mounted luminaires
• Complete range covering all application requirements in one
product (light levels, IP65, IK10, certified emergency lighting, built-in
controls)
Features
• Unobtrusive design
• Three lumen packages replacing traditional wall-mounted luminaires
with 1x18 W / 2x18 W / 2x26 W PL-C
• Water- and vandal-proof as standard
• Phase-cut dimming as standard
• Frosted diffuser ensuring homogeneous light effect and visual 04
comfort
• Optional emergency lighting
• Optional on/off movement detection or programmed 100-10%-0%
corridor dimming functionality
Applications
• Corridors
• Staircases
• Public entrance areas
• Bathrooms
• Emergency exits
• Parking garages
• Outdoor safety lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing material Colour Option2 Luminaires
light Power Flux Efficacy Tempera- Rendering type
sources Lamp ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED12S 1 18 1,200 67 3,000 >80 Composite materials Grey, White EL3 WL120V
LED12S 1 18 1,200 67 4,000 >80 Composite materials Grey, White EL3 WL120V
LED16S 1 24 1,600 67 3,000 >80 Composite materials Grey, White EL3 WL120V
LED16S 1 24 1,600 67 4,000 >80 Composite materials Grey, White EL3 WL120V
LED5S 1 8 500 63 3,000 >80 Composite materials Grey, White WL121V
LED5S 1 8 500 63 4,000 >80 Composite materials Grey, White WL121V
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED12S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,200 lm, ’LED16S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,600 lm, ’LED5S’ = LED Module, system flux 500 lm
2
’Option’ value abbreviations: ’EL3’ = Emergency lighting 3 hours duration
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 79
Indoor Luminaires > Wall mounted > CoreLine Wall-mounted
04
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 80
Indoor Luminaires > Wall mounted > CoreLine Wall-mounted
04
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 81
Indoor Luminaires > Wall mounted > iColor Tile MX
Features
• Panel 597 x 597 mm
• 144 individually addressable, high-intensity, full-colour LED nodes,
light output 599 nits
• Designed for recessed and surface mounting on walls or ceilings
• Quick set-up
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX and Ethernet controllers 04
Applications
• Light art and accents
• Large-scale video
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light sources System Power Optics2 Luminaires type
(piece) (W)
LED-MD 144 62 120 BCG494
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-MD’ = LED Multi-die
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’120’ = Beam angle 120°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 82
Indoor Luminaires > Wall mounted > AmbiScene Mirror > AmbiScene Vanity Mirror Seasons
Benefits
• Attracts and engages shoppers – proven revenue-enhancing
proposition
• Diffuse tunable white and coloured light – controlled by shopper via
intuitive user interface
• Complete plug & play solution, including mirror and services
Features
• Frontal adaptive lighting
• Lighting integrated into the mirror
• Ambient coloured lighting
• Button-panel user interface
04
Applications
• Cosmetics area of store
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 83
Indoor Luminaires > Wall mounted > AmbiScene Mirror > AmbiScene Fashion Mirror Occasions
Benefits
• Engages shoppers – proven revenue-enhancing proposition
• Diffuse tunable white light – controlled by shopper via intuitive user
interface
• Complete plug & play solution, including mirror and services
Features
• Frontal adaptive lighting
• Lighting integrated into the mirror
• Button-panel user interface
Applications
• Store fitting rooms
04
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 84
Downlights
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 85
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights
ExactEffect Mini,
ExactEffect Mini, recessed
recessed 87 ExactEffect Compact,
ExactEffect Compact, recessed
recessed 88 CoreLine Downlight
CoreLine Downlight 89 StoreFit Downlight,
StoreFit Downlight, cardanic
cardanic 91
LuxSpace í
05
StoreFit
StoreFit Downlight,
Downlight, elbow
elbow 94 LuxSpace,
LuxSpace, surface
surface mounted
mounted 97 LuxSpace
LuxSpace Compact
Compact Power
Power 99 LuxSpace
LuxSpace Compact
Compact 102
LuxSpace Accent í
LuxSpace Mini
LuxSpace Mini 108 LuxSpace Accent
LuxSpace Accent Mini,
Mini, fixed
fixed 111 LuxSpace Accent
LuxSpace Accent Mini,
Mini, adjustable
adjustable 114 LuxSpace Accent
LuxSpace Accent Compact,
Compact, fixed
fixed 117
LuxSpace Accent
LuxSpace Accent Compact,
Compact, adjustable
adjustable 120 LuxSpace Accent
LuxSpace Accent Performance,
Performance, fixed
fixed 123 LuxSpace Accent
LuxSpace Accent Performance,
Performance, adjustable
adjustable 126 LuxSpace Accent
LuxSpace Accent Performance,
Performance, elbow
elbow 129
GreenSpace
LuxSpace Accent
LuxSpace Accent FreshFood
FreshFood Rose,
Rose,
LuxSpace Accent
LuxSpace Accent FreshFood
FreshFood Rose,
Rose, fixed
fixed 131 adjustable
adjustable 133 LuxSpace Accent
LuxSpace Accent FreshFood
FreshFood Rose,
Rose, elbow
elbow 135 GreenSpace
GreenSpace 137
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 86
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > ExactEffect Mini, recessed
Features
• Energy-efficient light engines
• Choice of light output – 2,000 to 5,000 lm
• High-performance optics
• Wide choice of beam shapes and colour temperatures
• Quick and easy to install; no maintenance needed
Applications
• Accent lighting in supermarkets and other retail areas
• Promotional areas, aisles, fresh-food sections
05
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Num- System Luminous Lumin- Col- Colour Housing Colour Optics2 Luminaires
Lamp1 ber of Power Flux ous our Rendering material type
light Efficacy Tem- Index
sources Lamp pera-
ture
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
2 37 2,024 58 3,000 ≥80 Aluminium White and black MB, OVL ST422B
ELED11
2 28 2,200 79 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium White and black MB, NB, OVL, ST420B,
LED10 WB ST422B
2 28 2,200 79 3,000 ≥80 Aluminium White and black MB, NB, OVL, ST420B,
LED10 WB ST422B
2 32 2,200 69 2,700 ≥80 Aluminium White and black MB ST422B
LED10
2 34 2,000 59 3,000 ≥90 Aluminium White and black MB ST422B
LED10
3 42 3,200 76 3,000 ≥80 Aluminium Black, Grey and Black, White and MB, NB, OVL, ST420B,
LED10 black WB ST422B
3 42 3,200 76 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium Black, Grey and Black, White and MB, NB, OVL, ST420B,
LED10 black WB ST422B
3 47 3,200 68 2,700 ≥80 Aluminium White and black MB ST422B
LED10
3 51 2,900 57 3,000 ≥90 Aluminium White and black MB ST422B
LED10
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ELED11’ = ELED Module 1,100 lm, ’LED10’ = LED Module 1,000 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’OVL’ = Oval reflector, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 87
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > ExactEffect Compact, recessed
Features
• Energy-efficient light engines
• Choice of light output – 2,000 to 5,000 lm
• High-performance optics
• Wide choice of beam shapes and colour temperatures
• Quick and easy to install; no maintenance needed
Applications
• Accent lighting in supermarkets and other retail areas
• Promotional areas, aisles, fresh-food sections
05
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour Optics2 Luminaires type
light Power Flux Efficacy Tempera- Rendering material
sources Lamp ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED10 4 56 4,200 75 3,000 ≥80 Aluminium White and black OVL ST432B
LED10 4 56 4,300 77 3,000 ≥80 Aluminium White and black MB, NB, WB ST430B, ST432B
LED10 4 56 4,300 77 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium White and black MB, NB, WB ST430B, ST432B
LED10 4 63 4,300 68 2,700 ≥80 Aluminium White and black MB ST432B
LED10 4 68 3,900 57 3,000 ≥90 Aluminium White and black MB ST432B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED10’ = LED Module 1,000 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’OVL’ = Oval reflector, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 88
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > CoreLine Downlight
Benefits
• Five times longer life than conventional CFL lamps
• 75% energy saving, sharply reducing total cost of ownership
• Dimmable
Features
• Energy-efficient, durable LED technology
• Available in Mini 1,000 lm and Compact 2,000 lm versions
• Choice of colour temperature (3,000 and 4,000 K)
Applications
• General lighting in corridors and indoor circulation areas
05
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour Luminaires type
light sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering material
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED10S 1 13 1,000 80 3,000 >80 Aluminium White DN125B
LED10S 1 13 1,000 80 4,000 >80 Aluminium White DN125B
LED20S 1 24 2,000 80 3,000 >80 Aluminium White DN125B
LED20S 1 24 2,000 80 4,000 >80 Aluminium White DN125B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED10S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,000 lm, ’LED20S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,000 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 89
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > CoreLine Downlight
05
Ordering number 871016329490299
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 90
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > StoreFit Downlight, cardanic
Benefits
• Up to 30% energy savings and short payback time compared to
CDM
• Excellent light quality
• Flexible – various combinations of wattages, beam widths and
colours
Features
• Efficient reflector (70%)
• Colour rendering index 90
• Choice of architecture: projector, cardanic or elbow
• Choice of colour: black, white or grey
• Choice of narrow, medium and wide beams
• 35/50/70 W versions
Applications
• Retail
05
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number Lamp System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour Optics3 Luminaires
of light power Power Flux Efficacy Tem- Rendering Gear2 material type
sources Lamp pera- Index
ture
(piece) (W) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
CDM-TE 1 35 43 2,900 70 3,000 90 EBE Polyamide Black, Grey, 14, 18, RS130B
White 31
CDM-TE 1 50 60 3,900 70 3,000 90 EBE Polyamide Black, Grey, 14, 18, RS130B
White 31
CDM-TE 1 70 80 5,600 70 3,000 90 EBE Polyamide Black, Grey, 14, 18, RS130B
White 31
CDM-TE 1 70 80 5,600 70 90 EBE Polyamide Black, Grey, 14, 18, RS130B
White 31
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TE’ = MASTERColour CDM-T Elite
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’EBE’ = Electronic Economic
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’14’ = Beam angle 14°, ’18’ = Beam angle 18°, ’31’ = Beam angle 31°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 91
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > StoreFit Downlight, cardanic
05
Ordering number 871829184629100
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 92
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > StoreFit Downlight, cardanic
05
Ordering number 871829184646800
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 93
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > StoreFit Downlight, elbow
Benefits
• Up to 30% energy savings and short payback time compared to
CDM
• Excellent light quality
• Flexible – various combinations of wattages, beam widths and
colours
Features
• Efficient reflector (70%)
• Colour rendering index 90
• Choice of architecture: projector, cardanic or elbow
• Choice of colour: black, white or grey
• Choice of narrow, medium and wide beams
• 35/50/70 W versions
Applications
• Retail
05
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number Lamp System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour Op- Luminaires
of light power Power Flux Efficacy Tem- Rendering Gear2 material tics3 type
sources Lamp pera- Index
ture
(piece) (W) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
CDM-TE 1 35 43 2,900 70 3,000 90 EBE Polyamide Black, Grey, 18, 31 RS135B
White
CDM-TE 1 50 60 3,900 70 3,000 90 EBE Polyamide Black, Grey, 18, 31 RS135B
White
CDM-TE 1 70 80 5,600 70 3,000 90 EBE Polyamide Black, Grey, 18, 31 RS135B
White
CDM-TE 1 70 80 5,600 70 90 EBE Polyamide Black, Grey, 18, 31 RS135B
White
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TE’ = MASTERColour CDM-T Elite
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’EBE’ = Electronic Economic
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’18’ = Beam angle 18°, ’31’ = Beam angle 31°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 94
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > StoreFit Downlight, elbow
05
Ordering number 871829184698700
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 95
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > StoreFit Downlight, elbow
05
Ordering number 871829184708300
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 96
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace, surface mounted
Features
• Glare control (reflector optic)
• Good colour consistency and high colour rendering; extra sparkle
• Extremely long lifetime: more than five times longer than CFL lamps
Applications
• Retail
• Offices
05
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
DLED 1 19 1,000 53 3,000 80 WH C BCS480
DLED 1 35 2,000 57 3,000 80 GR, WH C BCS490
LLED 1 13 1,095 84 3,000 80 WH C BCS480
LLED 1 24 2,230 93 3,000 80 GR, WH C BCS490
LLED 1 30 2,660 89 3,000 85 WH C BCS494
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’DLED’ = DLED Module, ’LLED’ = LLED Module
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’GR’ = Grey, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’C’ = High-gloss mirror
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 97
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace, surface mounted
05
Ordering number 871829192501900
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 98
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Compact Power
Benefits
• Highly efficient, dimmable downlight in a choice of sizes – up to
50% energy savings compared with traditional CFL downlights
• Latest LED technology for consistent light output, stable colour
performance and good colour rendering (Ra > 80)
• True ’fit and forget’ solution, with easy installation and a long
50,000 hour lifetime that puts an end to the need for costly,
time-consuming relamping
Features
• Compact look and feel
• Output: up to 89 lm/W for the luminaire
• Differentiation with smaller size and beam control
• Colour rendering: Ra > 80
• UGR19 (fully office-compliant)
• Accessories for maximum performance in all applications
• Additional savings when used together with Occuplus lighting
controls
Applications
• Offices 05
• Retail
• Hotels and hospitals
• Airports
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 99
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Compact Power
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
DLED 1 46 2,500 58 3,000 80 WH C BBS494, BBS495
LLED 1 4,000 WH C BBS494
LLED 1 28 2,604 93 4,000 80 WH C BBS495
LLED 1 28 2,660 95 4,000 80 WH C BBS494
LLED 1 30 2,604 87 3,000 80 WH C BBS495
LLED 1 30 2,660 89 3,000 80 WH C BBS494
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’DLED’ = DLED Module, ’LLED’ = LLED Module
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’C’ = High-gloss mirror
05
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 100
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Compact Power
05
Ordering number 871794393245000
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 101
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Compact
Benefits
• Highly efficient, dimmable downlight in a choice of sizes – up to
50% energy savings compared with traditional CFL downlights
• Latest LED technology for consistent light output, stable colour
performance and good colour rendering (Ra = 80)
• True ’fit and forget’ solution, with easy installation and a long
50,000 hour lifetime that puts an end to the need for costly,
time-consuming relamping
Features
• Compact look and feel
• Output: up to 93 lm/W for the luminaire
• Differentiation with smaller size and beam control
• Colour rendering: Ra > 80
• UGR19 (fully office-compliant)
• Accessories for maximum performance in all applications
• Additional savings when used together with Occuplus lighting
controls
Applications
• Offices 05
• Retail
• Hotels and hospitals
• Airports
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 102
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Compact
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
DLED 1 33.5 2,000 59 4,000 80 GR, WH C BBS490, BBS491
DLED 1 35.0 2,000 57 3,000 80 GR, WH C BBS490, BBS491
DLED 1 35.0 2,135 61 4,000 80 WH C BBS492
LLED 1 23.0 2,199 96 4,000 80 GR, WH C BBS491
LLED 1 23.0 2,230 97 4,000 80 GR, WH C BBS490
LLED 1 24.0 2,199 92 3,000 80 GR, WH C BBS491
LLED 1 24.0 2,230 93 3,000 80 GR, WH C BBS490
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’DLED’ = DLED Module, ’LLED’ = LLED Module
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’GR’ = Grey, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’C’ = High-gloss mirror
05
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 103
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Compact
05
Ordering number 871794393245000
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 104
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Compact
05
Ordering number 871829192520000
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 105
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Compact
05
Ordering number 871829192523100
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 106
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Compact
05
Ordering number 871829192526200
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 107
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Mini
Benefits
• Highly efficient, dimmable downlight in a choice of sizes – up to
50% energy savings compared with traditional CFL downlights
• Latest LED technology for consistent light output, stable colour
performance and good colour rendering (Ra = 80)
• True ’fit and forget’ solution, with easy installation and a long
50,000 hour lifetime that puts an end to the need for costly,
time-consuming relamping
Features
• Compact look and feel
• Output: up to 94 lm/W for the luminaire
• Differentiation with smaller size and beam control
• Colour rendering: Ra > 80
• UGR19 (fully office-compliant)
• Accessories for maximum performance in all applications
• Additional savings when used together with Occuplus lighting
controls
Applications
• Offices 05
• Retail
• Hotels and hospitals
• Airports
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 108
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Mini
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
DLED 1 18.4 1,000 54 3,000 80 GR C BBS480, BBS481
DLED 1 18.4 1,000 53 4,000 80 WH BBS480
DLED 1 18.4 1,000 54 4,000 80 GR C BBS480, BBS481
DLED 1 19.0 1,103 58 3,000 80 WH C BBS482
DLED 1 19.0 1,457 77 4,000 80 WH C BBS482
LLED 1 12.0 1,049 87 4,000 80 WH C BBS480
LLED 1 12.0 1,076 90 4,000 80 GR, WH C BBS481
LLED 1 12.0 1,095 91 4,000 80 GR, WH C BBS480
LLED 1 13.0 1,049 81 3,000 80 WH C BBS480
LLED 1 13.0 1,076 83 3,000 80 GR, WH C BBS481
LLED 1 13.0 1,095 84 3,000 80 GR, WH C BBS480
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’DLED’ = DLED Module, ’LLED’ = LLED Module
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’GR’ = Grey, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’C’ = High-gloss mirror
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 109
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace > LuxSpace Mini
05
Ordering number 871829192531600
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 110
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Mini, fixed
Features
• Efficacy up to 67 lm/W, thanks to Hi-LOR reflectors (up to 90%)
• Passive cooling
• Optimized dedicated LED board with 2 SDCM, ensuring high light
color consistency across the range
• Lumen packages 700 lm and 1,200 lm (@830) > equivalent to
CDM 20 W MASTERColour (700 lm) and CDM 20 W Evolution
(1,200 lm)
• NB (8-12°), up to 25,000 cd, CRI 90
Applications
• Retail: fashion and food stores
• Hospitality: lobbies and reception areas 05
• Office: meeting rooms and reception areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires
light Power Flux Efficacy Tempera- Rendering material type
sources Lamp ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS530B
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 4,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS530B
LED11S 1 17 1,000 67 2,700 >80 Aluminium BK NB RS530B
LED11S 1 18 900 50 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS530B
LED12S 1 18 960 54 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS530B
LED12S 1 18 960 54 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS530B
LED12S 1 18 960 54 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS530B
LED12S 1 18 1,200 67 2,700 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS530B
LED12S 1 18 1,200 70 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS530B
LED12S 1 18 1,300 72 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS530B
LED12S 1 18 1,300 72 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS530B
LED12S 1 18 1,400 78 4,000 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS530B
LED7S 1 11 560 51 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS530B
LED7S 1 11 560 51 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS530B
LED7S 1 11 700 70 2,700 80 Aluminium BK MB RS530B
LED7S 1 11 700 70 4,000 80 Aluminium BK MB RS530B
LED7S 1 11 760 70 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, BK-ALU, SI, WH MB, NB, WB RS530B
LED7S 1 11 760 70 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, BK-ALU, SI, WH MB, NB, WB RS530B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED11S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,100 lm, ’LED12S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,200 lm, ’LED7S’ = LED Module, system flux 700 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’BK-ALU’ = Black and Aluminium, ’SI’ = Silver, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 111
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Mini, fixed
05
Ordering number 871829185527900
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 112
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Mini, fixed
05
Ordering number 871829185767900
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 113
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Mini, adjustable
Features
• Efficacy up to 67 lm/W, thanks to Hi-LOR reflectors (up to 90%)
• Passive cooling
• Optimized dedicated LED board with 2 SDCM, ensuring high light
color consistency across the range
• Lumen packages 700 lm and 1,200 lm (@830) > equivalent to
CDM 20 W MASTERColour (700 lm) and CDM 20 W Evolution
(1,200 lm)
• NB (8-12°), up to 25,000 cd, CRI 90
Applications
• Retail: fashion and food stores
• Hospitality: lobbies and reception areas 05
• Office: meeting rooms and reception areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires
light sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Tempera- Rendering material type
ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, BK-ALU, WH NB RS531B
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, BK-ALU, WH NB RS531B
LED11S 1 18 900 50 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS531B
LED12S 1 18 960 54 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH WB RS531B
LED12S 1 18 1,200 70 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, BK-ALU, WH MB, WB RS531B
LED12S 1 18 1,200 70 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, BK-ALU, WH MB, WB RS531B
LED12S 1 18 1,200 70 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, BK-ALU, WH MB, WB RS531B
LED12S 1 18 1,300 72 3,000 80 Aluminium WH WB RS531B
LED7S 1 11 560 51 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS531B
LED7S 1 11 560 51 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS531B
LED7S 1 11 760 70 3,000 >80 Aluminium ALU-WH, BK, WH MB, WB RS531B
LED7S 1 11 760 70 3,000 80 Aluminium ALU-WH, BK, WH MB, WB RS531B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED11S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,100 lm, ’LED12S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,200 lm, ’LED7S’ = LED Module, system flux 700 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’ALU-WH’ = Aluminium and White, ’BK’ = Black, ’BK-ALU’ = Black and Aluminium, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 114
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Mini, adjustable
05
Ordering number 871829185534700
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 115
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Mini, adjustable
05
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 116
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Compact, fixed
Features
• Efficacy of up to 78 lm/W, thanks to very Hi-LOR reflectors (up to
90%)
• Passive cooling
• Optimized dedicated LED board, with 2 SDCM = 2, ensuring high
light color consistency across the range
• Lumen packages 1,600 lm and 2,500 lm (@830) > equivalent to
CDM 35 W MASTERColour Elite
• NB (8-12°), up to 25,000 cd, CRI 90
Applications
• Retail: fashion and food stores
• Hospitality: lobbies and reception areas 05
• Office: meeting rooms and reception areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires
light sources Power Flux Efficacy Tempera- Rendering material type
Lamp ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS540B
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS540B
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 4,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS540B
LED11S 1 17 1,000 67 2,700 >80 Aluminium BK NB RS540B
LED11S 1 18 900 50 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS540B
LED16S 1 23 1,300 56 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS540B
LED16S 1 23 1,600 70 2,700 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS540B
LED16S 1 23 1,700 74 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, BK-ALU, SI, WH MB, WB RS540B
LED16S 1 23 1,700 74 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, BK-ALU, SI, WH MB, WB RS540B
LED16S 1 23 1,850 80 4,000 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS540B
LED25S 1 36 2,100 58 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS540B
LED25S 1 36 2,600 72 2,700 80 Aluminium BK MB RS540B
LED25S 1 36 2,800 78 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS540B
LED25S 1 36 2,800 78 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS540B
LED25S 1 36 2,900 80 4,000 80 Aluminium BK MB RS540B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED11S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,100 lm, ’LED16S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,600 lm, ’LED25S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,500 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’BK-ALU’ = Black and Aluminium, ’SI’ = Silver, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 117
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Compact, fixed
05
Ordering number 871829185774700
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 118
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Compact, fixed
05
Ordering number 871829185275900
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 119
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Compact, adjustable
Features
• Efficacy of up to 78 lm/W, thanks to very Hi-LOR reflectors (up to
90%)
• Passive cooling
• Optimized dedicated LED board, with 2 SDCM = 2, ensuring high
light color consistency across the range
• Lumen packages 1,600 lm and 2,500 lm (@830) > equivalent to
CDM 35 W MASTERColour Elite
• NB (8-12°), up to 25,000 cd, CRI 90
Applications
• Retail: fashion and food stores
• Hospitality: lobbies and reception areas 05
• Office: meeting rooms and reception areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires
light sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Tempera- Rendering material type
ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS541B
LED11S 1 18 900 50 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS541B
LED16S 1 23 1,300 56 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS541B
LED16S 1 23 1,700 74 3,000 >80 Aluminium ALU-WH, BK, WH MB, WB RS541B
LED16S 1 23 1,700 74 3,000 80 Aluminium ALU-WH, BK, WH MB, WB RS541B
LED25S 1 36 2,100 58 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS541B
LED25S 1 36 2,700 75 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS541B
LED25S 1 36 2,800 78 3,000 80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS541B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED11S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,100 lm, ’LED16S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,600 lm, ’LED25S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,500 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’ALU-WH’ = Aluminium and White, ’BK’ = Black, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 120
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Compact, adjustable
05
Ordering number 871829185778500
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 121
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Compact, adjustable
05
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 122
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Performance, fixed
Features
• Efficacy up to 78 lm/W, thanks to very Hi-LOR reflectors (up to
90%)
• Optimized dedicated LED board, with 2 SDCM, ensuring high light
color consistency across the range
• Lumen packages 3,900 lm and 4,900 lm (@830) > equivalent to
CDM 70 W MASTERColour and Elite respectively
• NB (8-12°), up to 25,000 cd, CRI 90
Applications
• Retail: fashion and food stores
• Hospitality: lobbies and reception areas
• Office: meeting rooms and reception areas 05
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Num- System Luminous Lumin- Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Lumin-
Lamp1 ber of Power Flux ous Tem- Rendering material aires
light Efficacy pera- Index type
sources Lamp ture
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
1 34 1,550 46 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS550B
LED21S
1 34 2,100 62 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS550B
LED21S
1 53 3,200 60 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB RS550B
LED39S
1 53 3,900 56 2,700 80 Aluminium BK MB RS550B
LED39S
1 53 4,300 81 3,000 >80 Aluminium ALU-WH, BK, BK-ALU, BL, SI, WH, MB, VWB, RS550B
LED39S YE WB
1 53 4,600 87 4,000 80 Aluminium WH WB RS550B
LED39S
1 53 5,200 75 4,000 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS550B
LED39S
1 53 5,600 81 3,000 90 Aluminium BK MB RS550B
LED39S
1 69 3,900 56 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB RS550B
LED49S
1 69 4,800 70 2,700 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS550B
LED49S
1 69 5,200 75 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH MB RS550B
LED49S
1 69 5,600 81 4,000 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS550B
LED49S
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED21S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,100 lm, ’LED39S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,900 lm, ’LED49S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,900 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’ALU-WH’ = Aluminium and White, ’BK’ = Black, ’BK-ALU’ = Black and Aluminium, ’BL’ = Blue, ’SI’ = Silver, ’WH’ = White, ’YE’ = Yellow
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’VWB’ = Very wide beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 123
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Performance, fixed
05
Ordering number 871829185234600
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 124
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Performance, fixed
05
Ordering number 871829184958200
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 125
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Performance, adjustable
Features
• Efficacy up to 78 lm/W, thanks to very Hi-LOR reflectors (up to
90%)
• Optimized dedicated LED board, with 2 SDCM, ensuring high light
color consistency across the range
• Lumen packages 3,900 lm and 4,900 lm (@830) > equivalent to
CDM 70 W MASTERColour and Elite respectively
• NB (8-12°), up to 25,000 cd, CRI 90
Applications
• Retail: fashion and food stores
• Hospitality: lobbies and reception areas
• Office: meeting rooms and reception areas 05
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires
light sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Tempera- Rendering material type
ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED21S 1 34 1,550 46 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS551B
LED21S 1 34 2,100 62 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS551B
LED39S 1 53 3,200 60 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB RS551B
LED39S 1 53 4,000 75 2,700 80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, VWB, WB RS551B
LED39S 1 53 4,300 81 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH MB RS551B
LED49S 1 69 3,900 56 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB RS551B
LED49S 1 69 5,200 75 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS551B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED21S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,100 lm, ’LED39S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,900 lm, ’LED49S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,900 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’VWB’ = Very wide beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 126
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Performance, adjustable
05
Ordering number 871829185476000
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 127
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Performance, adjustable
05
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 128
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Performance, elbow
Features
• Efficacy up to 78 lm/W, thanks to very Hi-LOR reflectors (up to
90%)
• Optimized dedicated LED board, with 2 SDCM, ensuring high light
color consistency across the range
• Lumen packages 3,900 lm and 4,900 lm (@830) > equivalent to
CDM 70 W MASTERColour and Elite respectively
• NB (8-12°), up to 25,000 cd, CRI 90
Applications
• Retail: fashion and food stores
• Hospitality: lobbies and reception areas
• Office: meeting rooms and reception areas 05
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Tem- Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
light sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp perature Rendering material
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED21S 1 34 1,550 46 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS552B
LED21S 1 34 2,100 62 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH NB RS552B
LED25S 1 36 2,800 78 3,000 80 Aluminium WH WB RS552B
LED39S 1 53 3,200 60 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB RS552B
LED39S 1 53 4,000 75 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS552B
LED39S 1 53 4,600 87 3,000 >80 Aluminium WH MB, WB RS552B
LED39S 1 53 4,600 87 4,000 80 Aluminium WH MB, WB RS552B
LED49S 1 69 3,200 60 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS552B
LED49S 1 69 3,900 56 3,000 >80 Aluminium BK, WH MB RS552B
LED49S 1 69 3,900 56 3,000 90 Aluminium BK, WH MB RS552B
LED49S 1 69 5,600 81 4,000 >80 Aluminium BK MB RS552B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED21S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,100 lm, ’LED25S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,500 lm, ’LED39S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,900 lm,
’LED49S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,900 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 129
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent Performance, elbow
05
Ordering number 871829185524800
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 130
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent FreshFood Rose, fixed
Features
• Dedicated fresh-food light spectrum (Rose) with a very warm color
temperature
• Efficient LED board and high-quality optics; high flux and powerful
accent effects
• Two lumen packages available to cover all kinds of store
installations
• Three beam angles (MB, WB, EWB) and special oval beam
accessory (LIN) to focus the light where it is needed and increase
the spacing between luminaires
• Choice of mounting: semi-recessed, recessed adjustable and
recessed fixed
05
Applications
• Fresh-food applications in supermarkets/hypermarkets/grocery
stores
• Butcher’s shops
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Luminous Luminous Efficacy Housing material Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
sources Power Flux Lamp
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W)
LED19S 1 31 1,900 62 Aluminium BK, WH MB, VWB, WB RS550B
LED26S 1 48 2,600 55 Aluminium BK, WH MB, WB RS550B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED19S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,900 lm, ’LED26S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,600 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’VWB’ = Very wide beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 131
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent FreshFood Rose, fixed
05
Ordering number 871869624002100
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 132
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent FreshFood Rose, adjustable
Features
• Dedicated fresh-food light spectrum (Rose) with a very warm color
temperature
• Efficient LED board and high-quality optics; high flux and powerful
accent effects
• Two lumen packages available to cover all kinds of store
installations
• Three beam angles (MB, WB, EWB) and special oval beam
accessory (LIN) to focus the light where it is needed and increase
the spacing between luminaires
• Choice of mounting: semi-recessed, recessed adjustable and
recessed fixed
05
Applications
• Fresh-food applications in supermarkets/hypermarkets/grocery
stores
• Butcher’s shops
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Luminous Luminous Efficacy Housing material Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
sources Power Flux Lamp
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W)
LED19S 1 31 1,900 62 Aluminium WH VWB, WB RS551B
LED26S 1 48 2,600 55 Aluminium WH WB RS551B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED19S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,900 lm, ’LED26S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,600 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’VWB’ = Very wide beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 133
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent FreshFood Rose, adjustable
05
Ordering number 871869624009000
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 134
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent FreshFood Rose, elbow
Features
• Dedicated fresh-food light spectrum (Rose) with a very warm color
temperature
• Efficient LED board and high-quality optics; high flux and powerful
accent effects
• Two lumen packages available to cover all kinds of store
installations
• Three beam angles (MB, WB, EWB) and special oval beam
accessory (LIN) to focus the light where it is needed and increase
the spacing between luminaires
• Choice of mounting: semi-recessed, recessed adjustable and
recessed fixed
05
Applications
• Fresh-food applications in supermarkets/hypermarkets/grocery
stores
• Butcher’s shops
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Luminous Luminous Efficacy Housing material Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
sources Power Flux Lamp
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W)
LED19S 1 31 1,900 62 Aluminium WH WB RS552B
LED26S 1 48 2,600 55 Aluminium WH VWB, WB RS552B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED19S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,900 lm, ’LED26S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,600 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’VWB’ = Very wide beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 135
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > LuxSpace Accent > LuxSpace Accent FreshFood Rose, elbow
05
Ordering number 871869624016800
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 136
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > GreenSpace > GreenSpace
Benefits
• Ideal for making the switch from CFL to LED
• 50% energy saving: total cost of ownership recovered within one
year
• Five times longer life
Features
• Energy-efficient, durable LED technology
• High system efficacy: up to 80 lm/W
• Stable colour performance and high colour rendering
• Available with IP44 or emergency lighting
• Available in UGR22 and UGR19 versions
Applications
• Offices
• Retail
• Hotels and hospitals
05
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour Optics2 Option3 Luminaires type
light Power Flux Efficacy Tempera- Rendering material
sources Lamp ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
DLM1100 1 14 1,055 75 4,000 >80 Aluminium White R DN450B
DLM1100 1 14 1,100 79 4,000 >80 Aluminium White R EL3 DN450B, DN451B
DLM1100 1 15 1,055 70 3,000 >80 Aluminium White R DN450B
DLM1100 1 15 1,100 73 3,000 >80 Aluminium White R EL3 DN450B, DN451B
DLM2000 1 25 1,915 77 4,000 >80 Aluminium White R DN450B
DLM2000 1 25 2,000 80 4,000 >80 Aluminium White R EL3 DN450B, DN451B
DLM2000 1 27 1,915 71 3,000 >80 Aluminium White R DN450B
DLM2000 1 27 2,000 74 3,000 >80 Aluminium White R EL3 DN450B, DN451B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’DLM1100’ = Fortimo LED Module DLM1100, ’DLM2000’ = Fortimo LED Module DLM2000
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’R’ = Reflector
3
’Option’ value abbreviations: ’EL3’ = Emergency lighting 3 hours duration
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 137
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > GreenSpace > GreenSpace
05
Ordering number 871829110715600
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 138
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > GreenSpace > GreenSpace
05
Ordering number 871829184469300
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 139
Indoor Luminaires > Downlights > GreenSpace > GreenSpace
05
Ordering number 871829110806100
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 140
Projectors
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 141
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors
ExactEffect Mini,
ExactEffect Mini, track
track and
and surface
surface ExactEffect Compact,
ExactEffect Compact, track
track and
and surface
surface
mounted
mounted 143 mounted
mounted 145 StoreFit Projector
StoreFit Projector 147 EcoStyle
EcoStyle 150
StyliD Projectors í
iColor
iColor MR
MR gen3
gen3 154 3-circuit
3-circuit Square
Square RCS750
RCS750 156 DALI
DALI Square
Square Track
Track 164 StyliD
StyliD Mini,
Mini, track
track and
and surface
surface mounted
mounted 176
06
StyliD Compact,
StyliD Compact, track
track and
and surface
surface StyliD Performance,
StyliD Performance, track
track and
and surface
surface
mounted
mounted 179 mounted
mounted 184 StyliD Performance,
StyliD Performance, FreshFood
FreshFood Rose
Rose 187
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 142
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > ExactEffect Mini, track and surface mounted
Benefits
• Outstanding contrast and sparkle
• Reduced energy consumption (-30%)
• Fewer luminaires needed (-25%)
Features
• Energy-efficient light engines
• Choice of light output – 2,000 to 5,000 lm
• High-performance optics
• Wide choice of beam shapes and colour temperatures
• Quick and easy to install; no maintenance needed
Applications
• Accent lighting in supermarkets and other retail areas
• Promotional areas, aisles, fresh-food sections
06
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number System Power Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires
of light Flux Efficacy Tem- Rendering material type
sources Lamp pera- Index
ture
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ELED11 2 37 2,024 58 3,000 ≥80 Aluminium WH-BK MB, OVL ST420C, ST420T
LED10 2 28 2,200 79 3,000 ≥80 Aluminium BK, WH-BK MB, NB, OVL, ST420C, ST420T
WB
LED10 2 28 2,200 79 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BK, WH-BK MB, NB, OVL, ST420C, ST420T
WB
LED10 2 32 2,200 69 2,700 ≥80 Aluminium WH-BK MB ST420T
LED10 2 34 2,000 59 3,000 ≥90 Aluminium WH-BK MB ST420T
LED10 3 42 3,200 76 3,000 ≥80 Aluminium BK, GR-BK, MB, NB, OVL, ST420C, ST420T
WH-BK WB
LED10 3 42 3,200 76 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BK, GR-BK, MB, NB, OVL, ST420C, ST420T
WH-BK WB
LED10 3 47 3,200 68 2,700 ≥80 Aluminium WH-BK MB ST420T
LED10 3 51 2,900 57 3,000 ≥90 Aluminium WH-BK MB ST420T
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ELED11’ = ELED Module 1,100 lm, ’LED10’ = LED Module 1,000 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’GR-BK’ = Grey and Black, ’WH-BK’ = White and black
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’OVL’ = Oval reflector, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 143
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > ExactEffect Mini, track and surface mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 144
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > ExactEffect Compact, track and surface mounted
Benefits
• Outstanding contrast and sparkle
• Reduced energy consumption (-30%)
• Fewer luminaires needed (-25%)
Features
• Energy-efficient light engines
• Choice of light output – 2,000 to 5,000 lm
• High-performance optics
• Wide choice of beam shapes and color temperatures
• Quick and easy to install; no maintenance needed
Applications
• Accent lighting in supermarkets and other retail areas
• Promotional areas, aisles, fresh-food sections
06
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Number System Power Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
Lamp1 of light Flux Efficacy Tem- Rendering material
sources Lamp perature Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED10 4 56 4,200 75 3,000 ≥80 Aluminium WH-BK OVL ST430T
LED10 4 56 4,300 77 3,000 ≥80 Aluminium BK, GR-BK, WH-BK MB, NB, WB ST430C, ST430T
LED10 4 56 4,300 77 4,000 ≥80 Aluminium BK, GR-BK, WH-BK MB, NB, WB ST430C, ST430T
LED10 4 63 4,300 68 2,700 ≥80 Aluminium WH-BK MB ST430T
LED10 4 68 3,900 57 3,000 ≥90 Aluminium WH-BK MB ST430T
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED10’ = LED Module 1,000 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’GR-BK’ = Grey and Black, ’WH-BK’ = White and black
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’OVL’ = Oval reflector, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 145
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > ExactEffect Compact, track and surface mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 146
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StoreFit Projector
Benefits
• Up to 30% energy savings and short payback time compared to
CDM
• Excellent light quality
• Flexible – various combinations of wattages, beam widths and
colous
Features
• Efficient reflector (70%)
• Colou rendering index 90
• Choice of architecture: projector, cardanic or elbow
• Choice of colou: black, white or grey
• Choice of narrow, medium and wide beams
• 35/50/70 W versions
Applications
• Retail
06
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of Lamp System Colour Colour Gear2 Housing Colour3 Optics4 Luminaires
light sources power Power Tempera- Rendering material type
ture Index
(piece) (W) (W) (K) (Ra )
CDM-TE 1 35 43 3,000 ≥90 EBE Polycarbonate BK, GR, WH 14, 24, 42 ST130T
CDM-TE 1 50 56 3,000 ≥90 EBE Polycarbonate BK, GR, WH 14, 24, 42 ST130T
CDM-TE 1 70 80 3,000 ≥90 EBE Polycarbonate BK, GR, WH 14, 24, 42 ST130T
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TE’ = MASTERColour CDM-T Elite
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’EBE’ = Electronic Economic
3
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’GR’ = Grey, ’WH’ = White
4
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’14’ = Beam angle 14°, ’24’ = Beam angle 24°, ’42’ = Beam angle 42°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 147
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StoreFit Projector
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 148
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StoreFit Projector
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 149
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > EcoStyle
Benefits
• Good-quality accent lighting thanks to LED and reflector technology
• Efficient and low-maintenance
• Affordable, with a short payback time
Features
• LED technology
• Effective reflector system
• Track-mounted
• Choice of black or white finish
Applications
• Fashion retail
• Supermarkets
06
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires
light sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Tempera- Rendering material type
ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED19S 1 25 1,900 76 3,000 >80 Steel BK, WH MB, WB ST340T
LED19S 1 25 1,900 76 4,000 >80 Steel BK, WH MB, WB ST340T
LED28S 1 35 2,800 80 3,000 >80 Steel BK, WH MB, WB ST340T
LED28S 1 35 2,800 80 4,000 >80 Steel BK, WH MB, WB ST340T
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED19S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,900 lm, ’LED28S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,800 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 150
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > EcoStyle
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 151
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > EcoStyle
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 152
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > EcoStyle
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 153
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > iColor MR gen3
Features
• Can be used with most standard MR16 bi-pin base fixtures – track
heads, pendants, chandeliers, sconces, pinspots, striplights
• Narrow, medium and wide beam angles to tailor light output for
flood, spot, wash and direct-view applications
• Simple installation with standard two-conductor cable
• Individual unit control via PDS-70mr 24 V power/data supply –
from simple, preprogrammed effects to DMX/Ethernet control
Applications
• Retail
• Hospitality
• Entertainment
• Direct view
06
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Lamp Colour1 Optics2 Luminaires type
(W) (lm) (lm/W)
5 87 17.4 SI 17 RS500S
5 143 28.6 SI 30 RS500S
5 151 30.2 SI 90 RS500S
1
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’SI’ = Silver
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’17’ = Beam angle 17°, ’30’ = Beam angle 30°, ’90’ = Beam angle 90°
90º 90º
100
60º 60º
200
300
30º 30º
(cd) 0º
90º 90º
100
60º 60º
200
300
30º 30º
(cd) 0º
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 154
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > iColor MR gen3
90º 90º
100
60º 60º
200
300
30º 30º
(cd) 0º
06
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 155
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > 3-circuit Square RCS750
Applications
• Retail
• Indoor architectural lighting
06
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 156
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > 3-circuit Square RCS750
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 157
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > 3-circuit Square RCS750
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 158
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > 3-circuit Square RCS750
Product sample > ZRS700 2C/3C SPCL ALU SUSP. CLAMP LONG
2-circuit or 3-circuit track • Reinforced suspension clamp
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 159
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > 3-circuit Square RCS750
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 160
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > 3-circuit Square RCS750
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 161
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > 3-circuit Square RCS750
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 162
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > 3-circuit Square RCS750
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 163
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Benefits
• Allows flexible light settings
• Enables energy savings
• Unobtrusive smart track
Features
• Integration of the DALI protocol within an unobtrusive retail spot
track widely used for dimming and control
• Can be used with all Philips LED 3C track spots
• Available in lengths of 1, 2, 3 and 4 m
• Seven electrical conductors: L1/L2/L3/neutral/ground 16 A/400 V,
IP20 + DA/DA 2x1A/50 V FELV AC (DALI)
• Available in three finishes – white, black, aluminium
• Range of adaptors, power supply connections and mounting
accessories available
Applications
• Accent lighting in retail outlets, shopping malls, museums
• All indoor architectural lighting applications
06
1000
1000
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 164
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
1000
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 165
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 166
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 167
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 168
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 169
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 170
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 171
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 172
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 173
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 174
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > DALI Square Track
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 175
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Mini, track and surface mounted
Features
• Efficacy up to 67 lm/W, thanks to Hi-LOR reflectors (up to 90%)
• Passive cooling
• Optimized dedicated LED board with 2 SDCM, ensuring high light
color consistency across the range
• Lumen packages 700 lm and 1,200 lm (@830) > equivalent to
CDM 20 W MASTERColour (700 lm) and CDM 20 W Evolution
(1,200 lm)
• NB (8-12°), up to 25,000 cd, CRI 90
Applications
• Retail: fashion and food stores
• Hospitality: lobbies and reception areas
• Office: meeting rooms and reception areas
06
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires
light Power Flux Efficacy Tempera- Rendering material type
sources Lamp ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH NB ST530T
LED11S 1 18 900 50 3,000 >90 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH NB ST530T
LED12S 1 18 960 54 3,000 >90 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST530T
LED12S 1 18 1,300 72 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate ALU, BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST530T
LED7S 1 11 560 51 3,000 >90 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST530T
LED7S 1 11 760 70 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST530T
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED11S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,100 lm, ’LED12S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,200 lm, ’LED7S’ = LED Module, system flux 700 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’ALU’ = Aluminium, ’BK’ = Black, ’WH-WH’ = White and white
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 176
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Mini, track and surface mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 177
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Mini, track and surface mounted
06
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 178
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Compact, track and surface mounted
Features
• Optimized dedicated LED board, with 2 SDCM = 2, ensuring high
light color consistency across the range
• Lumen packages 1,600 lm and 2,500 lm (@830) > equivalent to
CDM 35 W MASTERColour Elite
• Passive cooling
• PerfectAccent reflector for perfect beams
• 50.000 hrs lifetime (L70 @25 °C)
• Additional features for StyliD High Efficiency:
-High system Efficiency: up to 100 lm/W 06
-Super low power consumption and running costs
Applications
• Retail: fashion and food stores
• Hospitality: lobbies and reception areas
• Office: meeting rooms and reception areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number System Power Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
of light Flux Efficacy Tem- Rendering material
sources Lamp perature Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED11S 1 Polycarbonate WH-WH NB ST542T
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate ALU, BK, WH-WH NB ST540C, ST540T
LED11S 1 15 1,000 67 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate ALU, BK, WH-WH NB ST540C, ST540T
LED11S 1 18 900 50 3,000 >90 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH NB ST540T
LED16S 1 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST541T, ST542T
LED16S 1 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST541T, ST542T
LED16S 1 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST541T, ST542T
LED16S 1 23 1,300 56 3,000 >90 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST540T
LED16S 1 23 1,600 70 2,700 >80 Polycarbonate ALU, BK MB ST540T
LED16S 1 23 1,700 74 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate ALU, BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST540C, ST540T
LED16S 1 23 1,850 80 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate ALU MB ST540T
LED25S 1 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST541T, ST542T
LED25S 1 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST541T, ST542T
LED25S 1 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST541T, ST542T
LED25S 1 36 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK MB ST540C, ST540T
LED25S 1 36 2,000 55 3,000 >90 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST540T
LED25S 1 36 2,700 75 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST540T
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED11S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,100 lm, ’LED16S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,600 lm, ’LED25S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,500 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’ALU’ = Aluminium, ’BK’ = Black, ’WH-WH’ = White and white
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 179
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Compact, track and surface mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 180
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Compact, track and surface mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 181
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Compact, track and surface mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 182
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Compact, track and surface mounted
06
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 183
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Performance, track and surface mounted
Features
• Efficacy up to 78 lm/W, thanks to very Hi-LOR reflectors (up to
90%)
• Optimized dedicated LED board, with 2 SDCM, ensuring high light
color consistency across the range
• Lumen packages 3,900 lm and 4,900 lm (@830) > equivalent to
CDM 70 W MASTERColour and Elite respectively
• NB (8-12°), up to 25,000 cd, CRI 90
Applications
• Retail: fashion and food stores
• Hospitality: lobbies and reception areas
• Office: meeting rooms and reception areas
06
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number System Power Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
of light Flux Efficacy Tem- Rendering material
sources Lamp perature Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED21S 1 34 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK NB ST550C
LED21S 1 34 1,550 46 3,000 >90 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH NB ST550T
LED21S 1 34 2,100 62 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH NB ST550C, ST550T
LED39S 1 53 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK VWB, WB ST550C
LED39S 1 53 3,200 60 3,000 >90 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST550T
LED39S 1 53 4,300 81 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST550T
LED49S 1 69 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK MB ST550C
LED49S 1 69 3,900 56 3,000 >90 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST550T
LED49S 1 69 5,200 75 3,000 >80 Polycarbonate BK, WH-WH MB, WB ST550T
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED21S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,100 lm, ’LED39S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,900 lm, ’LED49S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,900 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’WH-WH’ = White and white
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’VWB’ = Very wide beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 184
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Performance, track and surface mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 185
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Performance, track and surface mounted
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 186
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Performance, FreshFood Rose
Features
• Dedicated fresh-food light spectrum (Rose) with a very warm color
temperature
• Efficient LED board and high-quality optics; high flux and powerful
accent effects
• Two lumen packages available to cover all kinds of store
installations
• Three beam angles (MB, WB, EWB) and special oval beam
accessory (LIN) to focus the light where it is needed and increase
the spacing between luminaires
• Choice of mounting: track and surface mounted
Applications
• Fresh-food applications in supermarkets/hypermarkets/grocery
stores
• Butcher’s shops
06
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Housing material Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires type
light sources Efficacy Lamp
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W)
LED19S 1 31 Polycarbonate BK MB ST550C
LED19S 1 31 1,900 62 Polycarbonate ALU, BK, WH-WH WB ST550T
LED26S 1 48 2,600 55 Polycarbonate ALU, BK, WH-WH WB ST550T
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED19S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,900 lm, ’LED26S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,600 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’ALU’ = Aluminium, ’BK’ = Black, ’WH-WH’ = White and white
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 187
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Performance, FreshFood Rose
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 188
Indoor Luminaires > Projectors > StyliD Projectors > StyliD Performance, FreshFood Rose
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 189
High-bay and Low-bay luminaires
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 190
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires
High-bay Low-bay í
GentleSpace gen2
GentleSpace gen2 192 Mini 300
Mini 300 Stealth
Stealth DWP333
DWP333 198 Mini 300
Mini 300 Cube
Cube DCP300
DCP300 201 Mini 300
Mini 300 Cube
Cube DBP300
DBP300 203
Mini
Mini 300
300 Cube
Cube DGP300
DGP300 205
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 191
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > High-bay > GentleSpace gen2
Features
• Improved efficiency of up to 110 lm/W
• DALI-addressable for even more savings
• Extremely long lifetime of up to 70,000 hours
• Improved thermal management to withstand ambient temperatures
up to 45 °C
• Iconic design for architectural appeal
• Small surface makes it possible to meet ESFR sprinkler require-
ments
• Fully compliant with EN 12464-1; low glare rating and color rendering
of ≥ 80
• Suitable for new builds or point-for-point replacement of HPI
250 W, HPL 400 W or HPI 400 W, reducing energy consumption
by at least 45%
Applications
• Industrial halls and warehouses
• Exhibition halls
• Food production area and Sports hall
• High temperature engineering area
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number System Power Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour Optics2 Luminaires
of light Flux Efficacy Tem- Rendering material type
sources Lamp perature Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra ) 07
LED130S 8 119 13,000 109 4,000 >80 Aluminium Silver, White HRO, MB, NB, WB BY470P
LED170S 8 158 17,000 108 4,000 >80 Aluminium White MB, NB BY471P
LED170S 12 158 17,000 108 4,000 >80 Aluminium Silver, White HRO, MB, NB, WB BY471P
LED250S 16 234 25,000 107 4,000 >80 Aluminium Silver, White HRO, MB, NB, WB BY471P
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED130S’ = LED Module, system flux 13,000 lm, ’LED170S’ = LED Module, system flux 17,000 lm, ’LED250S’ = LED Module, system flux 25,000 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’HRO’ = High-rack optic, ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 192
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > High-bay > GentleSpace gen2
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 193
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > High-bay > GentleSpace gen2
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 194
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > High-bay > GentleSpace gen2
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 195
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > High-bay > GentleSpace gen2
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 196
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > High-bay > GentleSpace gen2
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 197
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > Low-bay > Mini 300 Stealth DWP333
Benefits
• High visual power with a range of extremely efficient luminaires
that can be used to illuminate large areas with direct and/or
indirect light
• High light output ratio thanks to patented white reflector coating
for up to 35% higher energy efficiency than conventional systems
• Asymmetrical, wide-, medium- or narrow-beam reflector; also
available with POT road lighting optic for perimeter, parking and
open area lighting
• Indoor and outdoor applications
Features
• Choice of HID or LED light sources
• Patented louvre system
• Suitable for pole mounting, wall mounting or floodlighting
• Swimming pool version available
Applications
• Urban and public areas
• Parking areas
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 198
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > Low-bay > Mini 300 Stealth DWP333
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light Lamp power Gear2 Colour Optic type3 Luminaires type
sources
(piece) (W)
CDM-T 1 70 CONV Silver OR DWP333
CDM-TD 1 70 CONV Silver A-MB DWP333
CDM-TD 1 150 CONV Silver, White A-MB, A-NB, A-WB DWP333
CDM-TMW 1 210 EB Silver A-MB DWP333
CPO-TW 1 60 EB Silver OR DWP333
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD, ’CDM-TMW’ = MASTERColour CDM-T Elite MW,
’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’CONV’ = Conventional, ’EB’ = Electronic
3
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A-MB’ = Asymmetrical medium beam, ’A-NB’ = Asymmetrical narrow beam, ’A-WB’ = Asymmetrical wide beam, ’OR’ = Open CT-POT
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 199
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > Low-bay > Mini 300 Stealth DWP333
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 200
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > Low-bay > Mini 300 Cube DCP300
Benefits
• Creates a daylight impression with an extremely efficient low-glare
luminaire specially designed for downlighting in canopies
• Uniform light distribution with asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
for outstanding illuminance in industrial and retail environments
• Inviting atmosphere thanks to CDM-TD lamp with excellent colour
rendering and white-coated reflector
Features
• CDM-TD lamp
• White-coated reflector
• Asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
• CRI 96
• Versions for recessed, surface and post/wall mounting
Applications
• Service stations, areas with overhead canopies
• Public areas
• Retail
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 201
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > Low-bay > Mini 300 Cube DCP300
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light sources Lamp power Gear2 Colour Optic type3 Luminaires type
(piece) (W)
CDM-T 1 250 CONV White A-MB, S-WB DCP300
CDM-TD 1 150 CONV White A-MB, A-WB DCP300
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’CONV’ = Conventional
3
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A-MB’ = Asymmetrical medium beam, ’A-WB’ = Asymmetrical wide beam, ’S-WB’ = Symmetrical wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 202
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > Low-bay > Mini 300 Cube DBP300
Benefits
• Creates a daylight impression with an extremely efficient low-glare
luminaire specially designed for downlighting in canopies
• Uniform light distribution with asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
for outstanding illuminance in industrial and retail environments
• Inviting atmosphere thanks to CDM-TD lamp with excellent colour
rendering and white-coated reflector
Features
• CDM-TD lamp
• White-coated reflector
• Asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
• CRI 96
• Versions for recessed, surface and post/wall mounting
Applications
• Service stations, areas with overhead canopies
• Public areas
• Retail
• Industry
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 203
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > Low-bay > Mini 300 Cube DBP300
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light Lamp power Gear2 Colour Optic type3 Luminaires type
sources
(piece) (W)
CDM-T 1 250 CONV White A-MB, S-WB DBP300
CDM-TD 1 70 CONV White S-WB DBP300
CDM-TD 1 150 CONV White A-WB, S-WB, S-WB-BD DBP300
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’CONV’ = Conventional
3
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A-MB’ = Asymmetrical medium beam, ’A-WB’ = Asymmetrical wide beam, ’S-WB’ = Symmetrical wide beam,
’S-WB-BD’ = Symmetrical wide beam bi-directional
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 204
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > Low-bay > Mini 300 Cube DGP300
Benefits
• Creates a daylight impression with an extremely efficient low-glare
luminaire specially designed for downlighting in canopies
• Uniform light distribution with asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
for outstanding illuminance in industrial and retail environments
• Inviting atmosphere thanks to CDM-TD lamp with excellent colour
rendering and white-coated reflector
Features
• CDM-TD lamp
• White-coated reflector
• Asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
• CRI 96
• Versions for recessed, surface and post/wall mounting
Applications
• Service stations
• Public areas
• Car parks
• Security lighting
• Shopping malls
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 205
Indoor Luminaires > High-bay and Low-bay luminaires > Low-bay > Mini 300 Cube DGP300
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light Lamp power Gear2 Colour Optic type3 Luminaires type
sources
(piece) (W)
CDM-TD 1 150 CONV Silver A-MB, A-NB, A-WB DGP300
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’CONV’ = Conventional
3
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A-MB’ = Asymmetrical medium beam, ’A-NB’ = Asymmetrical narrow beam, ’A-WB’ = Asymmetrical wide beam
07
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 206
Light line systems
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 207
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems
Maxos LED
Maxos LED Performer
Performer 209 Maxos LED
Maxos LED 219 Maxos LED
Maxos LED inserts
inserts for
for TTX400
TTX400 222 Maxos LED
Maxos LED panel
panel 225
Maxos
Maxos LineSense
LineSense 229 Maxos
Maxos mounting
mounting accessories
accessories 230 Maxos
Maxos accessories
accessories 233 Maxos,
Maxos, TL-D
TL-D IP64
IP64 trunking
trunking 235
TTX400, mounting
TTX400, mounting brackets
brackets 236 TTX400, accessories
TTX400, accessories 238 CoreLine Trunking
CoreLine Trunking 241
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 208
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED Performer
Benefits
• Extremely fast payback
• Breakthrough optical system for precise beam shaping
• Flexible in terms of retrofits, spots, changes, accessories
Features
• Low energy consumption compared to fluorescent
• Excellent beam shaping for less spill light and exact light distribution
in horizontal and vertical planes
• Proven Philips LED engines (Fortimo)
• Can be mounted, new or retrofit, onto a Maxos rail
• Also available in a flexible panel version 4MX800 or high-efficiency
version 4MX850
Applications
• Supermarkets
• Warehouses
• Production facilities
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour3 Optics4 Luminaires
Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Tempera- Rendering material2 type
ture Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED32S 31 3,200 103 4,000 >80 ALU WH DA20, MB, NB, WB 4MX900
LED32S 33 3,200 96 3,000 >80 ALU SI, WH MB 4MX900
LED32S 33 3,200 96 4,000 >80 ALU SI, WH MB 4MX900
LED32S 33 3,200 97 3,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, DA30, NB, WB 4MX900
LED32S 33 3,200 97 4,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, DA30, NB, WB 4MX900
LED40S 40 4,050 101 3,000 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
08
>80
WB
LED40S 40 4,050 101 4,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
LED40S 40 4,100 103 4,000 >80 ALU WH DA20, MB, NB, WB 4MX900
LED40S 42 4,050 96 4,000 >80 ALU WH DA20, MB, NB, WB 4MX900
LED40S 42 4,100 98 3,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
LED40S 42 4,100 98 4,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
LED48S 49 4,000 98 4,000 >80 ALU WH DA20, MB, NB 4MX900
LED48S 49 4,700 96 3,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
LED48S 49 4,700 96 4,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
LED50S 53 5,050 95 3,000 >80 ALU WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
LED50S 53 5,050 95 4,000 >80 ALU WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
LED50S 55 5,000 91 4,000 >80 ALU WH DA20, MB, NB, WB 4MX900
LED57S 57 5,700 100 3,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, MB, NB, WB 4MX900
LED60S 57 5,900 104 4,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, MB, NB, WB 4MX900
LED60S 61 6,200 102 4,000 >80 ALU WH DA20, MB, NB, WB 4MX900
LED60S 63 6,200 98 3,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
LED60S 63 6,200 98 4,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
More data see next page
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED32S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,200 lm, ’LED40S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,000 lm, ’LED48S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,800 lm,
’LED50S’ = LED Module, system flux 5,000 lm, ’LED57S’ = LED Module, system flux 5,700 lm, ’LED60S’ = LED Module, system flux 6,000 lm,
’LED71S’ = LED Module, system flux 7,100 lm, ’LED75S’ = LED Module, system flux 7,500 lm, ’LED90S’ = LED Module, system flux 9,000 lm
2
’Housing material’ value abbreviations: ’ALU’ = Aluminium
3
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’SI’ = Silver, ’WH’ = White
4
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’A30’ = Asymmetrical mirror axis angle 30°, ’DA20’ = Double asymmetric optic 20°, ’DA30’ = Double asymmetric optic 30°, ’MB’ = Medium beam,
’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 209
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED Performer
(continued)
Lamp1 System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour3 Optics4 Luminaires
Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Tempera- Rendering material2 type
ture Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED71S 68 7,100 104 3,000 >80 ALU WH A30 4MX900
LED75S 70 7,200 103 4,000 >80 ALU WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
LED75S 72 7,200 100 4,000 >80 ALU WH A30, DA20, DA30, MB, NB, 4MX900
WB
LED90S 86 8,500 99 3,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, MB, NB, WB 4MX900
LED90S 86 8,700 101 4,000 >80 ALU SI, WH A30, DA20, MB, NB, WB 4MX900
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED32S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,200 lm, ’LED40S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,000 lm, ’LED48S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,800 lm,
’LED50S’ = LED Module, system flux 5,000 lm, ’LED57S’ = LED Module, system flux 5,700 lm, ’LED60S’ = LED Module, system flux 6,000 lm,
’LED71S’ = LED Module, system flux 7,100 lm, ’LED75S’ = LED Module, system flux 7,500 lm, ’LED90S’ = LED Module, system flux 9,000 lm
2
’Housing material’ value abbreviations: ’ALU’ = Aluminium
3
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’SI’ = Silver, ’WH’ = White
4
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’A30’ = Asymmetrical mirror axis angle 30°, ’DA20’ = Double asymmetric optic 20°, ’DA30’ = Double asymmetric optic 30°, ’MB’ = Medium beam,
’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 210
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED Performer
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 211
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED Performer
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 212
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED Performer
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 213
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED Performer
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 214
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED Performer
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 215
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED Performer
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 216
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED Performer
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 217
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED Performer
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 218
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED
Features
• Mid-power LED boards; exchangeable LED unit
• Up to 138 lm/W efficiency
• LED gear trays for T5 and TL-D-length trunkings (high lumen
output); replacement LED gear trays with same lumen packages as
installed T5 and TL-D solutions (lower wattage)
• Choice of narrow, medium, double asymmetric and asymmetric
lenses
• Compatible with our standard Maxos and TTX400 rails for TL5
49 W and TL-D 58 W lengths
Applications
• Industry
• Warehouses
• Supermarkets, DIY stores, electronics retailers
• Showrooms
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 219
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour2 Optics3 Luminaires
of light Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Tempera- Rendering material type
sources ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED40S 1 29.0 4,000 138 3,000 >80 Steel SI, WH A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX850
LED40S 1 29.0 4,000 138 4,000 >80 Steel SI, WH A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX850
LED40S 1 30.0 4,000 133 3,000 >80 Steel SI, WH A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX850
LED40S 1 30.0 4,000 133 4,000 >80 Steel SI, WH A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX850
LED55S 1 42.5 5,500 129 3,000 >80 Steel SI, WH A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX850
LED55S 1 42.5 5,500 129 4,000 >80 Steel SI, WH A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX850
LED55S 1 43.5 5,500 126 3,000 >80 Steel SI, WH A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX850
LED55S 1 43.5 5,500 126 4,000 >80 Steel SI, WH A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX850
LED66S 1 54.5 6,600 121 3,000 >80 Steel SI, WH A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX850
LED66S 1 54.5 6,600 121 4,000 >80 Steel SI, WH A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX850
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED40S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,000 lm, ’LED55S’ = LED Module, system flux 5,500 lm, ’LED66S’ = LED Module, system flux 6,600 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’SI’ = Silver, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’A20’ = Asymmetrical mirror axis angle 20°, ’DA’ = Double asymmetric optic, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 220
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 221
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED inserts for TTX400
Features
• Mid-power LED boards; exchangeable LED unit
• Up to 138 lm/W efficiency
• LED gear trays for T5 and TL-D-length trunkings (high lumen
output); replacement LED gear trays with same lumen packages as
installed T5 and TL-D solutions (lower wattage)
• Choice of medium, wide and double asymmetric beam lenses
• Compatible with our standard TTX400 rails for TL5 49 W and
TL-D 58 W lengths
Applications
• Industry
• Warehouses
• Supermarkets, DIY stores, electronics retailers, showrooms
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Housing Colour Optics2 Luminaires type
Power Efficacy Lamp Tempera- Rendering material
ture Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED40S 29.0 4,000 138 4,000 >80 Steel White DA, NB, WB 4MX400
LED40S 30.0 4,000 133 4,000 >80 Steel White DA, NB, WB 4MX400
LED40S 34.0 4,000 118 3,000 >80 Steel White DA, NB, WB 4MX400
LED40S 36.5 4,000 110 3,000 >80 Steel White DA, NB, WB 4MX400
LED55S 42.5 5,500 129 4,000 >80 Steel White DA, NB, WB 4MX400
LED55S 43.5 5,500 126 4,000 Steel White A20, DA, NB, WB 4MX400
08
>80
LED55S 45.0 5,500 122 4,000 >80 Steel White WB 4MX400
LED55S 47.5 5,500 116 3,000 >80 Steel White DA, NB, WB 4MX400
LED55S 49.5 5,500 111 3,000 >80 Steel White DA, NB, WB 4MX400
LED66S 53.5 6,600 123 4,000 >80 Steel White DA, NB, WB 4MX400
LED66S 54.5 6,600 121 4,000 >80 Steel White DA, NB, WB 4MX400
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED40S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,000 lm, ’LED55S’ = LED Module, system flux 5,500 lm, ’LED66S’ = LED Module, system flux 6,600 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’A20’ = Asymmetrical mirror axis angle 20°, ’DA’ = Double asymmetric optic, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 222
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED inserts for TTX400
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 223
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED inserts for TTX400
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 224
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED panel
Features
• Highly efficient long-life LED light engines
• Advanced optical system compliant with supermarket glare norms
• System efficiency above 97 lm/W
• Available as a new installation (600 mm unit) and as a retrofit unit
(1,479 mm)
Applications
• Supermarkets
• Showrooms
• Industry
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 225
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED panel
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp Number of System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour1 Luminaires type
light sources Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED10 1 13.0 1,116 85.9 3,000 >80 BK, SI, WH 4MX800
LED10 1 13.0 1,177 90.5 4,000 >80 BK, SI, WH 4MX800
LED10 2 23.5 1,125 95.7 3,000 >80 BK, SI, WH 4MX800
LED10 2 23.5 1,188 101.0 4,000 >80 BK, SI, WH 4MX800
LED10 4 47.0 1,125 95.7 3,000 >80 SI, WH 4MX800
LED10 4 47.0 1,188 101.0 4,000 >80 SI, WH 4MX800
LED20 1 25.5 2,113 82.9 3,000 >80 BK, SI, WH 4MX800
LED20 1 26.0 2,270 87.3 4,000 >80 BK, SI, WH 4MX800
LED20 2 39.0 1,750 89.7 3,000 >80 BK, SI, WH 4MX800
LED20 2 39.0 1,850 94.9 4,000 >80 BK, SI, WH 4MX800
LED20 4 78.0 1,750 89.7 3,000 >80 SI, WH 4MX800
LED20 4 78.0 1,850 94.9 4,000 >80 SI, WH 4MX800
1
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’SI’ = Silver, ’WH’ = White
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 226
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED panel
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 227
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LED panel
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 228
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos LineSense
Features
• Movement detector
• Click-on mounting
Applications
• Distribution centers
• Production facilities
08
Ordering number 403073225964900
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 229
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos mounting accessories
Benefits
• Available with a complete range of interchangeable components to
optimize flexibility
• High-class finishing for premium appearance
• Easy to install
Features
• Extended sections of 300 or 600 mm in the middle only, or in the
middle and at the end, allow interrupted lines.
• Possibility to integrate two NYM cables
• Sturdy construction allows distances between suspension points of
3.4 to 5 m.
Applications
• Industry
• Shops
• Schools
08
Ordering number 403073226500800
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 230
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos mounting accessories
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 231
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos mounting accessories
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 232
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos accessories
Swivel device
9MX056 MAXOS TL-D / TL5
08
Ordering number 403073260158599
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 233
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos accessories
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 234
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Maxos Light-line system > Maxos, TL-D IP64 trunking
Benefits
• Meets any electrical requirement; from 5 pole flat ribbon to 2x7
pole flat ribbon wiring
Features
• Easy to install
• Integrated flat-ribbon cables, phase-selection switch and contact
blocks guarantee safe and correct cabling.
• Suspension intervals of 3.4 to 4.8 m
• Possibility to integrate two NYM cables
• Wide choice of flat-ribbon cables: 1 x 5 x 1.5 or 2.5 mm 1 x 7 x 1.5 or
2.5 mm
Applications
• Industry
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 235
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > TTX400 Light-line system > TTX400, mounting brackets
08
Ordering number 871155909423699
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 236
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > TTX400 Light-line system > TTX400, mounting brackets
8
57
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 237
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > TTX400 Light-line system > TTX400, accessories
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 238
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > TTX400 Light-line system > TTX400, accessories
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 239
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > TTX400 Light-line system > TTX400, accessories
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 240
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
Benefits
• High efficiency enables energy savings of more than 50% compared
to fluorescent-based luminaires; attractive investment level and fast
payback
• Good quality of light with high output to meet the requirements of
demanding applications
• Easy to order and install, thus requiring less time and reducing
packaging waste and complexity
Features
• Philips Fortimo LED Line 1R for high efficiency and reliability
• Advanced optics enable precise and energy-saving beam shapes
• Simplicity: only two 12 NC codes needed to make a light line
• Requires much less packaging than fluorescent, reducing total
installation time
Applications
• Supermarkets
• Warehouses
• Production facilities
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Num- System Power Lumin- Lumin- Colour Colour Housing Colour Optics2 Luminaires
ber of ous ous Tem- Rendering material type
light Flux Efficacy pera- Index
sources Lamp ture
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
Steel White LL121X,
LL123X
6 160 15,000 94 4,000 >80 Steel White LL120X
LED150S
6 160 15,200 95 3,000 >80 Steel White A, DA20, MB, NB, VWB, LL120X
LED152S WB 08
6 140 16,000 114 4,000 >80 Steel White A, DA20, MB, NB, VWB, LL120X
LED160S WB
LED45S 45 4,500 100 4,000 >80 Steel White A, DA20, MB, NB, VWB, LL122X
WB
LED45S 3 45 4,500 100 4,000 >80 Steel White DA20, MB, NB, WB LL121X
LED75S 3 80 7,500 94 4,000 >80 Steel White LL121X
LED76S 80 7,600 95 3,000 >80 Steel White A, DA20, MB, NB, VWB, LL122X
WB
LED76S 3 80 7,600 95 3,000 >80 Steel White DA20, MB, NB, WB LL121X
LED76S 6 80 7,600 95 3,000 >80 Steel White A, VWB LL121X
LED80S 80 8,000 100 4,000 >80 Steel White A, DA20, MB, NB, VWB, LL122X
WB
LED80S 3 70 8,000 114 4,000 >80 Steel White A, DA20, MB, NB, VWB, LL121X
WB
LED90S 6 90 9,000 100 4,000 >80 Steel White A, DA20, MB, NB, VWB, LL120X
WB
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED150S’ = LED Module, system flux 15,000 lm, ’LED152S’ = LED Module, system flux 15,200 lm, ’LED160S’ = LED Module, system flux 16,000 lm,
’LED45S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,500 lm, ’LED75S’ = LED Module, system flux 7,500 lm, ’LED76S’ = LED Module, system flux 7,600 lm,
’LED80S’ = LED Module, system flux 8,000 lm, ’LED90S’ = LED Module, system flux 9,000 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical mirror, ’DA20’ = Double asymmetric optic 20°, ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’VWB’ = Very wide beam,
’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 241
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 242
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 243
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 244
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 245
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 246
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 247
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 248
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 249
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 250
Indoor Luminaires > Light line systems > Basic Light-line system > CoreLine Trunking
08
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 251
Cove and Contour
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 252
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour
Vaya Cove
Vaya Cove LP
LP 254 CoreLine Batten
CoreLine Batten 257 iColor Cove
iColor Cove MX
MX Powercore
Powercore 259 iW Cove
iW Cove MX
MX Powercore
Powercore 261
eW Cove
eW Cove MX
MX Powercore
Powercore Precision
Precision
Dimming
Dimming 263 iColor
iColor Cove
Cove QLX
QLX Powercore
Powercore 266 eW
eW Cove
Cove QLX
QLX Powercore
Powercore 268 iColor
iColor Cove
Cove QLX
QLX 272
eW Cove
eW Cove EC
EC Powercore
Powercore 275 iColor Cove
iColor Cove EC
EC Powercore
Powercore 281 iColor Cove
iColor Cove EC
EC 283 eW Fuse
eW Fuse Powercore
Powercore Precision
Precision Dimming
Dimming 285
09
eW Profile
eW Profile Powercore
Powercore 288 iW Fuse
iW Fuse Powercore
Powercore 292 ColorFuse Powercore
ColorFuse Powercore 294
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 253
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > Vaya Cove LP
Features
• Ultra-low profile – only 21.5 mm in height
• 0-10 V dimmable via dimming module
• Globally certified by independent laboratories
Applications
• Retail
• Hospitality
• Office
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Power Colour Temperature Colour Rendering Colour Luminaires type
sources Index
(piece) (W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 12 7 2,700 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 12 7 3,000 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 12 7 4,000 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 12 7 5,000 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 24 15 2,700 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 24 15 3,000 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 24 15 4,000 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 24 15 5,000 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 48 2,700 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 48 3,000 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 48 4,000 ≥80 White SM442L
LED-HB 48 5,000 ≥80 White SM442L
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness 09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 254
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > Vaya Cove LP
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 255
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > Vaya Cove LP
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 256
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > CoreLine Batten
Benefits
• Up to 40% energy savings compared with TL-D
• Reliable LED technology − maintenance free
• Direct replacement for conventional battens in terms of light
performance, installation flexibility and length
Features
• Reliable integrated LED technology, ensuring maintenance-free
installation and a long lifetime
• Can be used to replace traditional 2x18 W and 2x36 W TL-D
battens
• Wide-beam light distribution
• Frosted diffuser ensures visual comfort
Applications
• General area lighting
• Cove lighting
• Assembly lines
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
sources Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED19S 1 20 1,900 95 3,000 >80 White BN120C
LED19S 1 20 1,900 95 4,000 >80 White BN120C
LED38S 2 40 3,800 95 3,000 >80 White BN120C
LED38S 2 40 3,800 95 4,000 >80 White BN120C
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED19S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,900 lm, ’LED38S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,800 lm
120°
250
200 120° 09
150
105° 100 105°
90° 90°
75° 75°
60° 60°
90° 90°
75° 75°
60° 60°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 257
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > CoreLine Batten
90° 90°
75° 75°
60° 60°
90° 90°
75° 75°
60° 60°
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 258
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove MX Powercore
Features
• Advanced colour mixing and superior colour consistency
• Light output of 387 lumens per fixture
• Rotation in 10º increments through full 180º for precise aiming and
colour mixing
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
• Integrated Powercore technology and Philips Data Enabler Pro
• 1ft and 4ft sizes available
Applications
• Alcoves and accent spaces
• Backlighting
• Interior wall grazing
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 259
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove MX Powercore
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Optics2 Luminaires type
(W)
LED3 12 White MB, WB LS421X
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED3’ = LED Module 300 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
09
Product sample > ZCX450 TERMINATOR (10PCS)
Terminator (10 pieces)
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 260
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iW Cove MX Powercore
Features
• Colour temperatures ranging from cool 6,500 K to warm 2,700 K
• Wide 110º x 110º beam angle
• End-to-end locking power connectors can make 180º turns
• 1.2 m mounting tracks for quick set-up in linear applications
• Integrated Powercore technology
• 1ft and 4ft versions available
Applications
• Retail
• Exhibits
• Hospitality
• Architectural
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 261
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iW Cove MX Powercore
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Rendering Index Colour Optics2 Luminaires type
(W) (Ra )
LED4 12 81 White MB, WB LS425X
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED4’ = LED Module 400 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 262
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove MX Powercore Precision Dimming
Benefits
• Maximum light output
• Multiple options for design and application flexibility
• Cost-effective, easy to install, and long lifetime
Features
• Fixed white or solid-colour light output of up to 632 lumens per
fixture; luminous efficacy of up to 53.1 lm/W
• Available in four colour temperatures, ranging from a warm 2,700 K
to a cool 4,000 K, and four solid colours (red, green, blue, and
amber).
• End-to-end locking power connectors can make 180º turns; rotation
in 10° increments through 170° for precise aiming and colour mixing
• Smooth dimming capability with many ELV-type dimmers
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Accent lighting
• Indirect general illumination
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour Optics2 Luminaires type
sources Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 10 43.5 4,000 83 White MB BCX416
LED-HB 10 384 34.9 2,700 81 White MB BCX416
LED-HB 10 446 36.9 3,000 83 White MB BCX416
LED-HB 10 518 43.5 4,000 83 White MB BCX416
LED-HB 10 527 43.9 2,700 81 White WB BCX416
LED-HB 10 2,303 34.9 2,700 81 White MB BCX416
LED-HB 10 2,303 43.9 2,700 81 White WB BCX416
LED-HB 10 2,517 36.9 3,000 83 White MB BCX416
LED-HB 10 2,517 45.3 3,000 83 White WB BCX416
LED-HB 10 2,809 53.1 4,000 83 White WB BCX416
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam 09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 263
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove MX Powercore Precision Dimming
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 264
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove MX Powercore Precision Dimming
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 265
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove QLX Powercore
Features
• Professional-grade illuminance
• Total light output of approximately 150 lumens per 305 mm, while
consuming only 7 W per fixture
• Rotation in 10º increments through full 180º for precise aiming and
beam mixing
• Works seamlessly with the complete Philips line of controllers,
including ColorDial Pro, iPlayer 3, and Light System Manager, as well
as third-party controllers
• End-to-end locking power connectors that can make 180º turns
• Optional mounting tracks support vertical and overhead
positioning; 305 mm and 1.5 m jumper cables can add extra space
between fixtures
• Globally approbated
Applications
• Retail
• Hospitality
• Offices
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Lamp Colour Optics1 Luminaires type
(W) (lm) (lm/W)
7 150 22 White 110, 60-120 LS530X
1
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’60-120’ = Beam angle 60 to 120°, ’110’ = Beam angle 110°
09
Ordering number 871829161601699
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 266
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove QLX Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 267
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove QLX Powercore
Features
• Light output of up to 300 lumens per fixture
• Available in four colour temperatures, ranging from a warm 2,700 K
to a cool 4,000 K, and four solid colours (red, amber, green, and
blue)
• End-to-end locking power connectors can make 180º turns; rotation
in 10° increments through 180° for precise aiming and colour mixing
• Smooth dimming capability with standard ELV-type dimmers
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Wall and ceiling glow effects
• Wall washing
• Indirect lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour Optics2 Luminaires type
sources Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 6 White BCX414
LED-HB 6 232 45.4 2,700 82 White BCX414
LED-HB 6 242 42.5 3,000 82 White BCX414
LED-HB 6 247 45.9 2,700 82 White 60 BCX414
LED-HB 6 270 47.4 4,000 83 White 60 BCX414
LED-HB 6 272 48.7 4,000 83 White BCX414
LED-HB 6 276 49.3 3,000 82 White 60 BCX414
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’60’ = Beam angle 60°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 268
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove QLX Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 269
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove QLX Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 270
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove QLX Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 271
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove QLX
Features
• Auto-addressing through Chromasic technology
• Mixing at 50 mm, with no shadowing between fixtures in a long run
• Compatible with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
• End-to-end locking power connectors; can make 180º turns
• Optional mounting tracks and 305 mm and 1.5 m jumper cables
Applications
• Alcoves
• Accent areas
• Other confined interior spaces
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 272
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove QLX
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Optics2 Luminaires type
sources Lamp
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W)
LED-HB 15 2 21 10.5 40 BCX444
LED-HB 15 2 25 12.5 120 BCX444
LED-HB 30 3 39 13.0 40 BCX444
LED-HB 30 3 46 15.3 120 BCX444
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’40’ = Beam angle 40°, ’120’ = Beam angle 120°
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 273
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove QLX
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 274
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove EC Powercore
Features
• Choice of cool (4,000 K) or warm (2,700 K) white light; also
available in solid colours
• Smooth dimming capability with many ELV-type dimmers
• Integrated Powercore technology
• Rotation in 10° increments through 180° for precise aiming and
beam mixing
• Easy-to-install 1.2 m mounting tracks allow quick project set-up in
linear applications
Applications
• Retail
• Exhibit lighting
• Hospitality
• Architectural lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
sources Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
1.7 50 30.0 2,700 80 White BCX422
1.7 51 30.0 4,000 84 White BCX422
2.1 92 43.8 2,700 80 White BCX422
2.1 110 52.4 4,000 84 White BCX422
2.3 74 32.3 2,700 80 White BCX422
2.3 81 35.4 4,000 83 White BCX422
3.3 144 43.6 2,700 80 White BCX422
3.3 161 48.8 4,000 83 White BCX422
LED-HB 6 140 45.0 2,700 >80 White BCX418
LED-HB 6 172 56.9 4,000 >80 White BCX418
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
09
Product sample > BCX418 6xLED-HB/WW-2700 230V MSR
eW Cove EC Powercore • 6 pcs • LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 275
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove EC Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 276
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove EC Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 277
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove EC Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 278
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove EC Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 279
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Cove EC Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 280
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove EC Powercore
Features
• Professional-grade illuminance
• Total light output of approximately 75 lumens per 305 mm
• Rotation in 10º increments through full 180º for precise aiming and
beam mixing
• Works seamlessly with the complete Philips line of controllers,
including ColorDial Pro, iPlayer 3, and Light System Manager, as well
as third-party controllers
• End-to-end locking power connectors that can make 180º turns
• Optional mounting tracks support vertical and overhead
positioning; 305 mm and 1.5 m jumper cables can add extra space
between fixtures
• Globally approbated
Applications
• Retail
• Hospitality
• Offices
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Lamp Colour Optics2 Luminaires type
(W) (lm) (lm/W)
LED-HB 3 75 25 Black 110 LS520X
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’110’ = Beam angle 110°
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 281
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove EC Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 282
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove EC
Features
• Available in 178 mm and 305 mm lengths
• Soft-edge light projection at 120° x 120° beam angle
• Sleek, low-profile housing; end-to-end locking connectors
• Auto-addressing
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
Applications
• Accent lighting
• Perimeter lighting
• Cove lighting
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 283
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iColor Cove EC
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 284
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Fuse Powercore Precision Dimming
Features
• Available in 2,700, 3,000, 3,500 and 4,000 K colour temperatures
for applications calling for warm, neutral, or cool white light; also
available in solid blue
• Narrow 10º x 60º or medium 30º x 60º beam angle options
• End-to-end locking power connectors can make 180º turns; fixture
rotates in 10° increments through 180° for precise aiming and colour
mixing
• Dimming capability via an additional data enabler
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Indoor surface grazing
• Indoor wall washing
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Colour Colour Rendering Colour Optics2 Luminaires type
Temperature Index
(W) (lm) (K) (Ra )
LED5 13.5 500 2,700 83 White MB, NB LS515X
LED5 13.5 500 3,000 83 White MB, NB LS515X
LED5 13.5 500 4,000 81 White MB, NB LS515X
LED5 50.0 2,050 2,700 >80 White NB LS515X
LED5 50.0 2,100 2,700 >80 White MB LS515X
LED5 50.0 2,400 3,000 >80 White MB, NB LS515X
LED5 50.0 2,600 4,000 >80 White NB LS515X
LED5 50.0 2,650 4,000 >80 White MB LS515X
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED5’ = LED Module 500 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 285
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Fuse Powercore Precision Dimming
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 286
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Fuse Powercore Precision Dimming
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 287
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Profile Powercore
Features
• Choice of neutral (4,000 K) or warm (3,000 K) white light
• Light output of over 1,000 lumens per meter
• 20º offset beam angle for uniform light quality for the products on
display
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Shelf lighting
• Task lighting
• POS displays
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour2 Beam angle Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering of light
Index source
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra ) (°)
LED1 5.5 256 42.2 3,000 79 WH 105 BCX413
LED1 5.5 262 41.9 4,000 84 WH 105 BCX413
LED3 10.0 466 46.7 3,000 79 WH 105 BCX413
LED3 10.0 500 49.5 4,000 84 WH 105 BCX413
LED6 20.0 1,015 49.8 4,000 84 WH 105 BCX413
LED6 20.0 1,042 50.1 3,000 79 WH 105 BCX413
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED1’ = LED Module 100 lm, ’LED3’ = LED Module 300 lm, ’LED6’ = LED Module 600 lm
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’WH’ = White
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 288
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Profile Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 289
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Profile Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 290
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > eW Profile Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 291
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iW Fuse Powercore
Features
• Colour temperatures ranging from cool 6,500 K to warm 2,700 K
• Light output of 600 lumens per foot
• Rotation in 10º increments through full 180º for precise aiming and
colour mixing
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
• Integrated Powercore technology and Philips Data Enabler Pro
• 1ft and 4ft versions available
Applications
• Wall grazing
• Surface grazing
• Accent lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Rendering Index Colour Optics2 Luminaires type
(Ra )
LED4 >80 White MB, NB LS516X
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED4’ = LED Module 400 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 292
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > iW Fuse Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 293
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > ColorFuse Powercore
Features
• Advanced colour mixing and superior colour consistency
• Light output of 380 lumens per fixture
• Rotation in 10º increments through full 180º for precise aiming and
colour mixing
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
• Integrated Powercore technology and Philips Data Enabler Pro
• 1,200 mm version for more versatile specification and easier
installation; interchangeable with 300 mm version
• 1ft and 4ft versions available
Applications
• Wall grazing
• Surface grazing
• Accent lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Luminous Flux Colour Rendering Index Colour Optics2 Luminaires type
(lm) (Ra )
LED3 >80 White MB, NB LS517X
LED3 380 >80 White MB LS517X
LED3 384 >80 White NB LS517X
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED3’ = LED Module 300 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 294
Indoor Luminaires > Cove and Contour > ColorFuse Powercore
09
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 295
Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 296
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires
CoreLine Waterproof
CoreLine Waterproof 298 Pacific LED
Pacific LED Green
Green Parking
Parking 300 Pacific LED
Pacific LED WT460C
WT460C 307 Cleanroom LED
Cleanroom LED 318
10
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 297
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > CoreLine Waterproof
Benefits
• Up to 50% energy savings compared with TL-D
• Reliable LED technology – maintenance-free
• Direct replacement for conventional waterproof luminaires in
terms of light performance, installation flexibility and length
Features
• Reliable integrated LED technology, ensuring maintenance-free
installation and a long lifetime
• Can be used to replace traditional waterproof luminaires ranging
from 18 to 58 W TL-D
• Wide-beam light distribution
• Diffuser with optical element ensures visual comfort
• Ceiling-mounted bracket and suspension hooks included;
installation can be made vandal-proof by additional screw fixation
of mounting brackets
Applications
• Parking garages
• Warehouses
• General lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Tem- Colour Housing material Colour Luminaires type
light sources Power Efficacy Lamp perature Rendering
Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED18S 1 19 1,800 95 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate Grey WT120C
LED22S 1 23 2,200 96 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate Grey WT120C
LED34S 1 29 3,400 117 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate Grey WT120C
LED40S 1 41 4,000 98 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate Grey WT120C
LED60S 1 57 6,000 105 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate Grey WT120C
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED18S’ = LED Module, system flux 1,800 lm, ’LED22S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,200 lm, ’LED34S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,400 lm,
’LED40S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,000 lm, ’LED60S’ = LED Module, system flux 6,000 lm
75° 75°
60° 60°
160
45° 45°
240
30° 15° 0°
0° 15° 30° 10
(cd/klm) 100%
0° - 180° 90° - 270°
75° 75°
60° 60°
160
30° 15° 0°
0° 15° 30°
(cd/klm) 100%
0° - 180° 90° - 270°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 298
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > CoreLine Waterproof
75° 75°
60° 60°
160
30° 15° 0°
0° 15° 30°
(cd/klm) 100%
0° - 180° 90° - 270°
75° 75°
60° 60°
160
30° 15° 0°
0° 15° 30°
(cd/klm) 100%
0° - 180° 90° - 270°
75° 75°
60° 60°
160
30° 15° 0°
0° 15° 30°
(cd/klm) 100%
0° - 180° 90° - 270°
10
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 299
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED Green Parking
Benefits
• Energy savings of up to 80% compared to fluorescent are
achievable, without compromising on safety
• Fully retrofit system, no need for new cables; easy commissioning
with self-addressing
• Full system warranty; service offer possible for 10 years guarantee
Features
• Latest LED technology and optics
• Energy-efficient, and extended system lifetime due to dimming
capability – ensuring good return on investment
• Robust components and system
• Easy installation due to wireless controls, sensors and easy
commissioning with self-addressing
• Offered as a complete system only
Applications
• Parking garages
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Optics2 Option3 Luminaires
light sources Power Flux Efficacy Lamp Tempera- Rendering material type
ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED35S 5 28 3,500 125 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate VWB, WB WT460X
LED35S 5 30 3,500 117 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate VWB, WB EL3 WT460X
LED64S 5 54 6,400 119 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate WB WT460X
LED64S 5 56 6,400 114 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate WB EL3 WT460X
LED64S 5 57 6,400 112 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate VWB WT460X
LED64S 5 59 6,400 108 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate VWB EL3 WT460X
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED35S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,500 lm, ’LED64S’ = LED Module, system flux 6,400 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’VWB’ = Very wide beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
3
’Option’ value abbreviations: ’EL3’ = Emergency lighting 3 hours duration
10
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 300
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED Green Parking
Ø 83.6
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 301
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED Green Parking
Product sample > WT460X LED35S/840 VWB EL3 ACW TC5 L1600
WT460X • LED Module, system flux 3,500 lm • Very wide beam • Emergency lighting 3 hours duration • ActiLume wireless
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 302
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED Green Parking
Product sample > WT460X LED35S/840 VWB EL3 ACW TW1 L1600
WT460X • LED Module, system flux 3,500 lm • Very wide beam • Emergency lighting 3 hours duration • ActiLume wireless
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 303
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED Green Parking
Product sample > WT460X LED64S/840 VWB EL3 ACW TC5 L1600
WT460X • LED Module, system flux 6,400 lm • Very wide beam • Emergency lighting 3 hours duration • ActiLume wireless
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 304
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED Green Parking
Product sample > WT460X LED64S/840 VWB EL3 ACW TW1 L1600
WT460X • LED Module, system flux 6,400 lm • Very wide beam • Emergency lighting 3 hours duration • ActiLume wireless
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 305
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED Green Parking
10
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 306
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
Features
• New modules with mid-flux LEDs for excellent light quality
• Low maintenance costs due to long lifetime of LEDs
• Light source is serviceable/upgradeable
• Excellent glare control
Applications
• Parking garages
• Cold storage facilities
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of System Luminous Luminous Colour Colour Housing Optics2 Option3 Luminaires
light Power Flux Efficacy Tempera- Rendering material type
sources Lamp ture Index
(piece) (W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED23S 2 21 2,300 110 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate WB WT460C
LED23S 4 22 2,600 118 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate NB, VWB, WB WT460C
LED23S 4 24 2,600 108 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate WB EL3 WT460C
LED24 32 1,987 69 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate WB WT460C
LED35S 5 28 3,500 125 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate NB, VWB, WB WT460C
LED42S 4 35 4,200 120 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate WB WT460C
LED42S 4 36 4,200 117 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate VWB WT460C
LED64S 5 54 6,400 119 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate NB, WB WT460C
LED64S 5 57 6,400 112 4,000 >80 Polycarbonate VWB WT460C
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED23S’ = LED Module, system flux 2,300 lm, ’LED24’ = LED Module 2,400 lm, ’LED35S’ = LED Module, system flux 3,500 lm,
’LED42S’ = LED Module, system flux 4,200 lm, ’LED64S’ = LED Module, system flux 6,400 lm
2
’Optics’ value abbreviations: ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’VWB’ = Very wide beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
3
’Option’ value abbreviations: ’EL3’ = Emergency lighting 3 hours duration
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 307
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 308
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 309
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 310
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 311
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 312
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 313
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 314
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 315
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 316
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Waterproof Luminaires > Pacific LED WT460C
10
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 317
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Cleanroom > Cleanroom LED
Benefits
• Excellent functional cleanroom performance
• Market-leading energy efficiency
Features
• Latest LED engine
• IP65
• ISO class 2-9 Fraunhofer-certified
• Push-in connector: connection without opening the luminaire
Applications
• Industry
• Hospitals, laboratories, clinics
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Housing material Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED48 44.5 3,600 80.9 3,000 >80 Steel CR434B, CR444B
LED48 44.5 3,900 87.6 4,000 >80 Steel CR434B, CR444B
LED88 70.5 6,000 85.1 3,000 >80 Steel CR434B, CR444B
LED88 70.5 6,300 89.4 4,000 >80 Steel CR434B, CR444B
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED48’ = LED Module 4,800 lm, ’LED88’ = LED Module 8,800 lm
10
Ordering number 871794391889800
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 318
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Cleanroom > Cleanroom LED
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 319
Indoor Luminaires > Waterproof and Cleanroom luminaires > Cleanroom > Cleanroom LED
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 320
Project
Hicks Gate roundabout
Location
A4, Keynsham
Parties involved
Philips Lighting
Bath and North East
Somerset Council
Location
Gateshead, UK
Parties involved
Stage Electrics
Architainment Lighting
Philips Lighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 325
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting
11
ClearWay
ClearWay 329 Iridium gen3
Iridium gen3 LED
LED Mini
Mini 332 Selenium LED
Selenium LED 334 SpeedStar
SpeedStar 337
StreetSaver
StreetSaver 345 UrbanStar
UrbanStar 346 MileWide22
MileWide 348 MileWide22 Large
MileWide Large 350
CitySoul LED í
Milewide
Milewide 352 UrbanScene
UrbanScene 355 CitySoul LED
CitySoul LED Mini
Mini 358 CitySoul LED
CitySoul LED 361
CitySpirit gen2
CitySpirit gen2 Classic
Classic LED
LED 364 CitySpirit gen2
CitySpirit gen2 Cone
Cone LED
LED 365 CitySpirit gen2
CitySpirit gen2 Modern
Modern LED
LED 366 CitySpirit gen2
CitySpirit gen2 Torch
Torch LED
LED 367
Iridium2 LED í
CitySpirit gen2
CitySpirit gen2 Bollard
Bollard LED
LED 368 CitySpirit Street
CitySpirit Street gen2
gen2 Color
Color LED
LED 369 Iridium LED
Iridium LED Mini
Mini 370 Iridium22 LED
Iridium LED Medium
Medium 373
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 326
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting
11
Metronomis LED í
Iridium22 LED
Iridium LED Large
Large 375 Metronomis LED
Metronomis LED Fluid
Fluid 378 Metronomis LED
Metronomis LED Sharp
Sharp 380 Metronomis LED
Metronomis LED Torch
Torch 382
MileWide22
MileWide 384 MileWide
MileWide LED
LED Mini
Mini 386 CitySpirit
CitySpirit gen2
gen2 Classic
Classic 388 CitySpirit
CitySpirit gen2
gen2 Cone
Cone 389
CitySoul Iridium í
CitySpirit gen2
CitySpirit gen2 Modern
Modern 390 CitySpirit gen2
CitySpirit gen2 Torch
Torch 391 CitySoul
CitySoul 392 Iridium Mini
Iridium Mini 395
Iridium2 í
Iridium SGS252/452
Iridium SGS252/452 398 Iridium SGS253/453
Iridium SGS253/453 402 Iridium22 Medium
Iridium Medium 406 Iridium22 Large
Iridium Large 408
Metronomis í
Metronomis Annecy
Metronomis Annecy 410 Metronomis Berlin
Metronomis Berlin 412 Metronomis Bilbao
Metronomis Bilbao 414 Metronomis Bordeaux
Metronomis Bordeaux 416
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 327
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting
11
Metronomis Brussels
Metronomis Brussels 418 Metronomis Cambridge
Metronomis Cambridge 420 Metronomis Malmö
Metronomis Malmö 422 Metronomis Oslo
Metronomis Oslo 424
Selenium Bollards í
Metronomis
Metronomis Porto
Porto 426 Metronomis
Metronomis Torino
Torino 428 Selenium
Selenium 431 Vivara
Vivara LED
LED 435
Vivara
Vivara 436 VivaraZON
VivaraZON 438 CitySpirit, brackets
CitySpirit, brackets 441
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 328
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > ClearWay
11
ClearWay – economical LED performance
Benefits
• Entry level LED luminaire with lowest initial capital investment
• Slim aesthetic design, perfectly suited to lower mounting heights
Features
• Dedicated design for LED technology
• Philips LEDGINE based technology
• Reduced energy consumption compared to conventional luminaires
Applications
• Urban road and streets
• Residential roads and paths
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type1 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED122 131 10,319 79 4,000 70 Grey DM BGP303
LED23 4,000 70 Grey DM BGP303
LED23 20 2,036 103 4,000 70 Grey DM BGP303
LED49 57 4,363 77 4,000 70 Grey DM BGP303
LED73 83 4,363 78 4,000 70 Grey DM BGP303
LED73 83 6,428 78 4,000 70 Grey DM BGP303
LED98 106 8,413 79 4,000 70 Grey DM BGP303
1
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 329
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > ClearWay
11
Product sample > BGP303 LED122-/740 PSU I 76
BGP303 • LED module 12,200 lm • Power supply unit • Spigot for diameter 76 mm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 330
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > ClearWay
11
Product sample > BGP303 LED98-/740 PSU I 76
BGP303 • LED module 9,800 lm • Power supply unit • Spigot for diameter 76 mm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 331
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium gen3 LED Mini
11
Iridium gen3 – The connected intelligent ‘plug & play’ road
luminaire
Benefits
• Seamless connection from luminaire to CityTouch software without
commissioning
• ‘Plug & play’ installation in just three steps
• High efficiency ensuring fast payback and low TCO
Features
• Auto-location and commissioning
• System efficacy of up to 124 lm/W
• Wide range of lumen packages between 1,000 and 4,000 lm
• Available in neutral white and warm white colour temperature
• Choice of three optics: Medium Street (MSO), Wide Street (WSO)
and Wet Roads (DK)
• Separate spigot for safe and easy installation
• Optimised architecture for 4 kV surge (optional 10 kV), IP66 and
IK09 protection
• Lifetime of up to 100,000 hours at L80F10
Applications
• Residential areas: residential streets, cycle paths & footpaths,
roundabouts, pedestrian crossings, parking areas
• City centres: side streets, pedestrian crossings, cycle paths &
footpaths, parking areas, roundabouts
• Area and Transportation: industrial areas, parking areas, petrol
stations, airports, harbours, public transport areas, waterways
• Sports: parking areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
GRN11 8.9 1,028 116 4,000 >70 Grey MSO BGP381
GRN15 12.5 1,414 113 4,000 >70 Grey MSO BGP381
GRN20 16.9 1,873 111 4,000 >70 Grey MSO BGP381
GRN30 23.2 2,785 120 4,000 >70 Grey MSO BGP381
GRN40 31.8 3,657 115 4,000 >70 Grey MSO BGP381
GRN45 35.7 4,054 114 4,000 >70 Grey MSO BGP381
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’GRN11’ = LED GreenLine 1,100 lm, ’GRN15’ = LED GreenLine 1,500 lm, ’GRN20’ = LED GreenLine 2,000 lm, ’GRN30’ = LED GreenLine 3,000 lm,
’GRN40’ = LED GreenLine 4,000 lm, ’GRN45’ = LED GreenLine 4,500 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’MSO’ = Medium wide street optic
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 332
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium gen3 LED Mini
11
Product sample > BGP381 GRN15-/740 I MSO CO GR SP
BGP381 • LED GreenLine 1,500 lm • Medium wide street optic • Spigot
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 333
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Selenium LED
11
Selenium LED – simple efficiency
Benefits
• Simple and efficient LED road lighting solution
• Integrated DynaDimmer & RF telemanagement control options
• Easy installation and maintenance with reversible spigot and
tool-less entry to luminaire
Features
• Philips LEDGINE based technology giving uniform light distribution
over lifetime
• Integrated control options
• Flat glass; 0 candela light spill at 90°
• Traditional road luminaire design to complement existing lighting
schemes at medium mounting heights
Applications
• Motorised traffic routes & major roads
• Mixed traffic streets
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED110S 108 9,415 88 4,000 >70 Grey DM BGP340
LED55 44 4,792 109 4,000 >70 Grey DM BGP340
LED55S 56 4,810 87 4,000 >70 Grey DM BGP340
LED74S 71 6,372 89 4,000 >70 Grey DM BGP340
LED92S 89 7,906 89 4,000 >70 Grey DM BGP340
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED110S’ = LED module, system flux 11,000 lm, ’LED55’ = LED module 5,500 lm, ’LED55S’ = LED module, system flux 5,500 lm,
’LED74S’ = LED module, system flux 7,400 lm, ’LED92S’ = LED module, system flux 9,200 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 334
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Selenium LED
11
Product sample > BGP340 LED110S/640 PSU I DM FG P3-35 48/
BGP340 • LED module, system flux 11,000 lm • Power supply unit • Distribution medium • Glass flat • Minicell (hole 20 mm) preset for 35 lx
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 335
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Selenium LED
11
Product sample > BGP340 LED92S/640 PSU I DM FG P1 48/60
BGP340 • LED module, system flux 9,200 lm • Power supply unit • Distribution medium • Glass flat • NEMA socket for photocell
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 336
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > SpeedStar
11
SpeedStar – Class leading LED lighting
Benefits
• Excellent energy-efficient performance
• Easy to maintain and future-proof; upgradeable/serviceable
• Innovative CO2 -neutral design
Features
• Incorporates LEDGINE for leading-edge performance and lifetime
reliability
• Flexible system – compatible with all lighting control solutions for
even greater energy savings
• Dedicated LED design
• Long life with low maintenance
• Total solution with masts and brackets
Applications
• Road and street lighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 337
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > SpeedStar
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type1 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ECO85 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
ECO99 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
ECO227 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
ECO57 5,664 4,000 >70 Silver DM BGP322
GRN88 8,800 4,000 >70 Silver DM BGP322
ECO142 14,161 4,000 >70 Silver DM BGP322
ECO42 41 3,791 93 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
GRN49 45 4,367 97 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
GRN59 51 5,240 104 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
GRN68 60 6,079 101 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
ECO71 68 6,188 91 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
GRN78 73 6,907 94 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
GRN88 78 7,717 99 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
GRN98 83 8,534 103 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
ECO113 106 9,696 92 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
ECO127 118 10,805 92 4,000 Silver DM BGP322
GRN137 122 12,010 98 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
GRN146 128 12,819 100 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
GRN156 137 13,621 99 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
GRN156 137 15,616 >70 Silver DM BGP323
GRN166 147 14,417 98 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
GRN176 150 15,207 102 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
ECO170 158 14,643 92 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
GRN185 159 15,990 101 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
GRN195 169 16,773 99 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
ECO184 171 15,773 93 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
ECO198 186 16,889 91 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
ECO212 203 4,000 70 Silver DM BGP323
ECO241 228 20,155 88 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
ECO255 242 21,216 88 4,000 Silver DM BGP323
1
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 338
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > SpeedStar
11
Product sample > BGP322 ECO142–2S/740 I DM FG AL SI
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 339
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > SpeedStar
11
Product sample > BGP322 ECO85–2S/740 I DM FG AL SI
BGP322 • LED EconomyLine 8,500 lm • Distribution medium • Glass flat
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 340
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > SpeedStar
11
Product sample > BGP322 GRN78–2S/740 I DM FG AL SI
BGP322 • LED GreenLine 7,800 lm • Distribution medium • Glass flat
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 341
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > SpeedStar
11
Product sample > BGP323 ECO198–2S/740 I DM FG AL SI
BGP323 • LED EconomyLine 19,800 lm • Distribution medium • Glass flat
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 342
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > SpeedStar
11
Product sample > BGP323 GRN137–2S/740 I DM FG AL SI
BGP323 • LED GreenLine 13,700 lm • Distribution medium • Glass flat
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 343
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > SpeedStar
11
Product sample > BGP323 GRN195–2S/740 I DM FG AL SI
BGP323 • LED GreenLine 19,500 lm • Distribution medium • Glass flat
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 344
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > StreetSaver
11
StreetSaver – saves energy and more
Benefits
• Energy savings of up to 70% compared to mercury-based post-top
luminaires
• Minimises light pollution
• Designed around LEDs
Features
• Dedicated LED design
• All the light is directed towards the ground
• Robust aluminium housing
• Lifetime of 50,000 hours
Applications
• Residential areas
• Piazzas and parks
• Pedestrian areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-MP 38 2,442 64.26 3,000 >80 Grey 120 BPP007
LED-MP 39 2,417 61.97 4,000 >80 Grey 120 BPP007
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-MP’ = LED Medium Power
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’120’ = Very wide beam angle 120°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 345
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > UrbanStar
11
UrbanStar – combining innovative design and LED
performance
Benefits
• Up to 40% energy saving compared with PL-L
• Comfortable light creates atmosphere
Features
• Dedicated optic
• Frosted protector
• Uniform light distribution
• Available in warm white and neutral white
Applications
• Residential areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED12 11 928 84 3,000 80 Dark Grey DRW BDS100
LED14 12 1,129 94 4,000 70 Dark Grey DRW BDS100
LED18 17 1,391 82 3,000 80 Dark Grey DRW BDS100
LED22 18 1,700 94 4,000 70 Dark Grey DRW BDS100
LED23 21 1,757 84 3,000 80 Dark Grey DRW BDS100
LED28 22 2,116 96 4,000 70 Dark Grey DRW BDS100
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED12’ = LED module 1,200 lm, ’LED14’ = LED module 1,400 lm, ’LED18’ = LED module 1,800 lm, ’LED22’ = LED module 2,200 lm,
’LED23’ = LED module 2,300 lm, ’LED28’ = LED module 2,800 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DRW’ = Distribution residential wide
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 346
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > UrbanStar
11
Product sample > BDS100 LED14–3S/740 I DGR CLO C5K
BDS100 • LED module 1,400 lm • Constant light output
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 347
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > MileWide2
11
MileWide2 – design meets efficiency
Benefits
• Consistency and continuity of family design
• Complete solution with dedicated masts and brackets
• Significant energy savings (up to 80% compared to HPL) without
compromising on quality of light
Features
• Dedicated total solution based on clean-design, high-finish
MileWide family
• Designed for LED – no compromise
• Exceptionally high performance and good glare control
• Different optics available – suitable for a wide range of applications
• "Plug-and-play"
Applications
• Residential streets
• Walking, cycling and running paths
• Main roads
• Motorways
• Car parks
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
GRN22 16 2,198 114 4,000 70 Silver DM BRP435
GRN45 36 4,520 104 4,000 70 Silver DM BRP435
GRN85 63 8,546 109 4,000 70 Silver DM BRP435
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’GRN22’ = LED GreenLine 2,200 lm, ’GRN45’ = LED GreenLine 4,500 lm, ’GRN85’ = LED GreenLine 8,500 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 348
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > MileWide2
11
Product sample > BRP435 GRN85-/740 I DM SI CLO D9 T25
BRP435 • LED GreenLine 8,500 lm • Distribution medium • Constant light output
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 349
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > MileWide2 Large
11
MileWide2 – design meets efficiency
Benefits
• Consistency and continuity of family design
• Complete solution with dedicated masts and brackets
• Significant energy savings (up to 80% compared to HPL) without
compromising on quality of light
Features
• Dedicated total solution based on clean-design, high-finish
MileWide family
• Designed for LED – no compromise
• Exceptionally high performance and good glare control
• Different optics available – suitable for a wide range of applications
• "Plug-and-play"
Applications
• Residential streets
• Walking, cycling and running paths
• Main roads
• Motorways
• Car parks
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
GRN125 90 10,926 121 4,000 70 Silver DM BRP436
GRN155 115 13,083 114 4,000 70 Silver DM BRP436
GRN96 66 8,562 129 4,000 70 Silver DM BRP436
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’GRN125’ = LED GreenLine 12,500 lm, ’GRN155’ = LED GreenLine 15,500 lm, ’GRN96’ = LED GreenLine 9,600 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 350
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > MileWide2 Large
11
Product sample > BRP436 GRN96-/740 I DM SI CLO D9 T25
BRP436 • LED GreenLine 9,600 lm • Distribution medium • Constant light output
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 351
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Milewide
11
Milewide – pure and contemporary
Benefits
• Urban luminaire featuring a clean, Nordic design with smooth,
generous curves
• The Milewide range includes dedicated masts and brackets that
harmonise perfectly with the luminaires
• First dedicated product designed around the MASTER CosmoPolis
lamps
Features
• Clean, Nordic design with smooth curves
• Available in three sizes
• Choice of MASTER CosmoPolis lamps and LED light sources
• Adjustable road-lighting reflector
• Dedicated masts and brackets
Applications
• Shopping and residential areas
• Roads
• Area lighting
• Car parks
• Business centres
• City centres and squares
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 352
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Milewide
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Temperature Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W) (K)
CDM-T 70 3,000 Grey SRS419
CPO-TW 45 Grey OC SRS419
CPO-TW 60 Grey OC SRS419, SRS421
CPO-TW 90 Grey OC SRS421
CPO-TW 140 Grey OC SRS421
SON-T 250 Grey SRS427
SON-T 400 Grey SRS427
SON-TPP 70 Grey SRS421
SON-TPP 100 Grey SRS421
SON-TPP 150 Grey SRS421
SON-TPP 250 Grey SRS421
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White, ’SON-T’ = SON-T, ’SON-TPP’ = SON-T PIA Plus
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’OC’ = Optic for CosmoPolis lamp
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 353
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Milewide
11
Product sample > SRS421 CPO-T90W K EB I OC GR
SRS421 • MASTER CosmoPolis White • 90 W • Electronic • Optic for CosmoPolis lamp
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 354
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > UrbanScene
11
UrbanScene – all that a city needs
Benefits
• Complete system solution including luminaires, masts and brackets
for general illumination and street lighting
• Energy savings thanks to high-efficiency lamps and electronic gear
• Night-preserving with little or no light spill through well controlled
light distribution
Features
• Small and medium-sized luminaires, as well as gobo projector, LED
and indirect versions
• High-efficiency lamps and electronic gear
• Dedicated masts, and smart brackets for flexibility in aiming
• Night-preserving and fully recyclable
Applications
• City centres, urban areas
• Piazzas
• Shopping malls
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-SA/T 150 Grey CGP701
CDM-T 35 Grey 4, 20, 60, TP-S CGP700, CGP705
CDM-T 70 Grey 4, 20, 60, TP-S CGP700, CGP701, CGP705
CDM-T 150 Grey 4, 20, 60, TP-S CGP700, CGP705
CDM-TD 70 Grey A CGP705
CDM-TD 150 Grey A CGP705
CDM-Tm 20 Grey 4, 20, 60 CGP700
CPO-TW 45 Grey OOC CGP700, CGP705
CPO-TW 60 Grey OOC CGP700, CGP705
CPO-TW 90 Grey OOC CGP705
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-SA/T’ = CDM-SA/T, ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD, ’CDM-Tm’ = MASTERColour CDM-Tm Mini,
2
’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’OOC’ = Open optic for CosmoPolis lamp, ’TP-S’ = Open T-POT small, ’4’ = Narrow beam angle 4°, ’20’ = Medium beam angle 20º,
’60’ = Wide beam angle 60°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 355
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > UrbanScene
11
Product sample > CGP700 CPO-TW45W K EB I OOC FG CO GR
CGP700 • MASTER CosmoPolis White • 45 W • Electronic • Open optic for CosmoPolis lamp • Glass flat • Default accessory included
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 356
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > UrbanScene
11
Product sample > CGP705 CPO-TW45W K EB I OOC FG CO GR
CGP705 • MASTER CosmoPolis White • 45 W • Electronic • Open optic for CosmoPolis lamp • Glass flat
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 357
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySoul LED > CitySoul LED Mini
11
CitySoul – create identity
Benefits
• Significant energy savings (up to 80% compared to HPL) without
compromising on quality of light
• Serviceable and upgradeable within 1 minute – capitalise
immediately on increasing LED efficiencies
• Uniform light distribution with no risk of black spots when LEDs fail
Features
• Re-LEDing upgrade possible
• Fully dimmable
• Constant light output
Applications
• Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas
• Squares, local streets, minor collector roads, parks
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 358
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySoul LED > CitySoul LED Mini
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ECO113 111 4,000 76 Grey DW BGP430
ECO113 111 10,105 91 4,000 Grey DM BGP430
ECO85 4,000 76 Grey DW BGP430
ECO85 7,344 92 4,000 Grey DM BGP430
GRN39 38 3,603 95 4,000 Grey DM, DW BGP430
GRN59 52 4,000 76 Grey DW BGP430
GRN59 52 5,037 97 4,000 Grey DM BGP430
GRN78 4,000 76 Grey DM BGP430
GRN78 6,845 96 4,000 Grey DW BGP430
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO113’ = LED EconomyLine 11,300 lm, ’ECO85’ = LED EconomyLine 8,500 lm, ’GRN39’ = LED GreenLine 3,900 lm, ’GRN59’ = LED GreenLine 5,900 lm,
’GRN78’ = LED GreenLine 7,800 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium, ’DW’ = Distribution wide
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 359
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySoul LED > CitySoul LED Mini
11
Product sample > BGP430 GRN59–2S/740 I DM CO GR KC 76P
BGP430 • LED GreenLine 5,900 lm • Distribution medium • Post-top for diameter 76 mm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 360
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySoul LED > CitySoul LED
11
CitySoul LEDGINE – create a future-proof identity
Benefits
• Significant energy savings (up to 80% compared to HPL) without
compromising on quality of light
• Serviceable and upgradeable within 1 minute – capitalise
immediately on increasing LED efficiencies
• Uniform light distribution with no risk of black spots when LEDs fail
Features
• 1-to-1 replacement for HID light points
• LED engine and driver only require replacement after 100,000 hours
• Toolless replacement/upgrade of LED module and driver
• Dedicated multi-layer optics with each LED covering the complete
area
• Consistency and continuity of family design – compatibility with
CitySoul HID
Applications
• Roads and streets
• City centres
• Residential areas
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 361
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySoul LED > CitySoul LED
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K)
ECO170 15,015 93 4,000 Grey DM, DW BGP431
ECO198 4,000 Grey DW BGP431
ECO198 17,239 91 4,000 Grey DM BGP431
GRN117 101 4,000 Grey DM BGP431
GRN117 101 10,195 101 4,000 Grey DW BGP431
GRN137 122 4,000 Grey DM BGP431
GRN137 122 11,773 96 4,000 Grey DW BGP431
GRN98 4,000 Grey DM BGP431
GRN98 8,405 102 4,000 Grey DW BGP431
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO170’ = LED EconomyLine 17,000 lm, ’ECO198’ = LED EconomyLine 19,800 lm, ’GRN117’ = LED GreenLine 11,700 lm,
’GRN137’ = LED GreenLine 13,700 lm, ’GRN98’ = LED GreenLine 9,800 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium, ’DW’ = Distribution wide
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 362
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySoul LED > CitySoul LED
11
Product sample > BGP431 GRN137–2S/740 I DM CO GR 76P
BGP431 • LED GreenLine 13,700 lm • Distribution medium • Post-top for diameter 76 mm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 363
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySpirit gen2 LED > CitySpirit gen2 Classic LED
11
CitySpirit – reveal the spirit of your city
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent lighting performance during hours of darkness
with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solution for every situation
Features
• Urban styling – multiple models, including wall-mounted and bollard
versions, with a shared look and feel
• Choice of conventional or LED light sources (upgradeable LED light
engine)
• Wide range of masts and brackets
• Variety of optical elements addressing, for example, night
preservation, visual comfort and light trespass
• Transparent materials
Applications
• City centers and squares
• Residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Temperature Colour Luminaires type
(W) (K)
LED24 26 3,000 Grey BDS461
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED module 2,400 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 364
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySpirit gen2 LED > CitySpirit gen2 Cone LED
11
CitySpirit – reveal the spirit of your city
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent lighting performance during hours of darkness
with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solution for every situation
Features
• Urban styling – multiple models, including wall-mounted and bollard
versions, with a shared look and feel
• Choice of conventional or LED light sources (upgradeable LED light
engine)
• Wide range of masts and brackets
• Variety of optical elements addressing, for example, night
preservation, visual comfort and light trespass
• Transparent materials
Applications
• City centers and squares
• Residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Temperature Colour Luminaires type
(W) (K)
LED24 26 3,000 Grey BDS471
LED35 39 3,000 Grey BDS471
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED module 2,400 lm, ’LED35’ = LED module 3,500 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 365
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySpirit gen2 LED > CitySpirit gen2 Modern LED
11
CitySpirit – reveal the spirit of your city
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent lighting performance during hours of darkness
with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solution for every situation
Features
• Urban styling – multiple models, including wall-mounted and bollard
versions, with a shared look and feel
• Choice of conventional or LED light sources (upgradeable LED light
engine)
• Wide range of masts and brackets
• Variety of optical elements addressing, for example, night
preservation, visual comfort and light trespass
• Transparent materials
Applications
• City centers and squares
• Residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Temperature Colour Luminaires type
(W) (K)
LED24 26 3,000 Grey BDS463
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED module 2,400 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 366
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySpirit gen2 LED > CitySpirit gen2 Torch LED
11
CitySpirit – reveal the spirit of your city
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent lighting performance during hours of darkness
with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solution for every situation
Features
• Urban styling – multiple models, including wall-mounted and bollard
versions, with a shared look and feel
• Choice of conventional or LED light sources (upgradeable LED light
engine)
• Wide range of masts and brackets
• Variety of optical elements addressing, for example, night
preservation, visual comfort and light trespass
• Transparent materials
Applications
• City centers and squares
• Residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Temperature Colour Luminaires type
(W) (K)
LED24 26 3,000 Grey BDS451
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED24’ = LED module 2,400 lm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 367
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySpirit gen2 LED > CitySpirit gen2 Bollard LED
11
CitySpirit – reveal the spirit of your city
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent lighting performance during hours of darkness
with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solution for every situation
Features
• Urban styling – multiple models, including wall-mounted and bollard
versions, with a shared look and feel
• Choice of conventional or LED light sources (upgradeable LED light
engine)
• Wide range of masts and brackets
• Variety of optical elements addressing, for example, night
preservation, visual comfort and light trespass
• Transparent materials
Applications
• City centers and squares
• Residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Colour Temperature Luminaires type
(K)
3,000 BGP452
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 368
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySpirit gen2 LED > CitySpirit Street gen2 Color LED
11
CitySpirit Street – reveal the spirit of your city
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent lighting performance during hours of darkness
with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solution for every situation
Features
• Available with a blue or neutral white ring of light (colored option
only available in the LED version)
• Also available without the ring of light (BDS480)
• Variety of optics addressing maximum spacing and visual comfort
Applications
• City centers and squares
• Residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Colour Rendering Index Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(K) (Ra )
GRN39 4,000 76 Grey DM BDS483
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’GRN39’ = LED GreenLine 3,900 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 369
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 LED > Iridium LED Mini
11
Iridium LED Mini – compact performer
Benefits
• Future-proof luminaire: easy to maintain; LED upgrade
• Excellent total cost of ownership
Features
• LED engine
• Choice of colour temperature
• Compact design
• Additional energy savings thanks to control options
Applications
• Streets: mixed traffic and residential streets
• Walking/cycling paths, car parks
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 370
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 LED > Iridium LED Mini
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Colour Rendering Index Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(K) (Ra )
ECO28 4,000 >80 Grey MSO BGS451
ECO43 4,000 >80 Grey MSO, WSO BGS451
GRN29 4,000 >80 Grey MSO BGS451
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO28’ = LED EconomyLine 2,800 lm, ’ECO43’ = LED EconomyLine 4,300 lm, ’GRN29’ = LED GreenLine 2,900 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’MSO’ = Medium wide street optic, ’WSO’ = Wide street optic
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 371
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 LED > Iridium LED Mini
11
Product sample > BGS451 ECO43–2S/740 I WSO GR
BGS451 • LED EconomyLine 4,300 lm • Wide street optic
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 372
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 LED > Iridium2 LED Medium
11
Iridium2 LEDGINE – Future proof LED performance
Benefits
• Future-proof luminaire: easy maintenance; no tools required for
LED upgrade
• Highly efficient lighting platform; no compromise on lighting quality
thanks to flat glass
• Full flexibility to cover all applications
Features
• LEDGINE inside
• Best-in-class optics
• Electronic gear
• Integrated controls
Applications
• Roads: highways and motorised traffic
• Streets: mixed traffic and residential streets
• Walking/Cycle paths
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 373
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 LED > Iridium2 LED Medium
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Temperature Colour Rendering Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Index
(W) (K) (Ra )
GRN59 50 4,000 76 Grey DM BGP352
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’GRN59’ = LED GreenLine 5,900 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 374
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 LED > Iridium2 LED Large
11
Iridium2 LEDGINE – lighting the road ahead
Benefits
• Future-proof luminaire: maintenance very easy; no tools required
for LED upgrade
• Highly efficient lighting platform; no compromise on lighting quality
thanks to flat glass
• Full flexibility to cover all applications, with choice of price and
technology
Features
• LEDGINE inside
• Best-in-class optics
• Electronic gear
• Integrated controls
Applications
• Roads: highways and motorized traffic within and between cities
• Streets: mixed traffic and residential streets
• Walking/cycling paths, car parks, roundabouts
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Colour Rendering Index Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(K) (Ra )
GRN117 4,000 76 Grey DM BGP353
GRN137 4,000 76 Grey DM BGP353
GRN98 4,000 76 Grey DM BGP353
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’GRN117’ = LED GreenLine 11,700 lm, ’GRN137’ = LED GreenLine 13,700 lm, ’GRN98’ = LED GreenLine 9,800 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 375
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 LED > Iridium2 LED Large
11
Product sample > BGP353 GRN98-2S/740 DM AL GR T15
BGP353
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 376
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 LED > Iridium2 LED Large
11
Product sample > BGP353 GRN137-2S/740 DM AL GR P1 T15
BGP353
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 377
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis LED > Metronomis LED Fluid
11
Metronomis LED – a play of light and shadow
Benefits
• Pure design and palette of lighting effects to make your city unique
• Offers exceptional visual comfort while also optimising safety
• Complete and innovative lighting solution with a shared design
identity for both mast and luminaire
Features
• A palette of lighting effects on the ground or on the inside
or outside of the bowl makes it possible to create different
atmospheres and to give streets and cityscapes a distinctive visual
touch
• All the benefits of LEDGINE (high energy saving, serviceable and
upgradable, maintains excellent light quality over lifetime, versatile
in application)
• Five dedicated aluminium and wooden masts – heights of 3.5 and 4
meters – enhance the pure, simplified style of the luminaires
Applications
• City centres and squares
• Commercial and business centres
• Residential and architectural areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ECO120 118 10,196 86 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDA, MDS BDS670
ECO120 118 10,484 89 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDW BDS670
GRN40 35 3,486 99 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDA, MDS BDS670
GRN40 35 3,584 102 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDW BDS670
GRN80 71 6,965 98 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDA, MDS BDS670
GRN80 71 7,162 101 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDW BDS670
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO120’ = LED EconomyLine 12,000 lm, ’GRN40’ = LED GreenLine 4,000 lm, ’GRN80’ = LED GreenLine 8,000 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’MDA’ = Metronomis distribution asymmetrical, ’MDS’ = Metronomis distribution symmetrical, ’MDW’ = Metronomis distribution wide
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 378
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis LED > Metronomis LED Fluid
11
Product sample > BDS670 ECO120–2S/740 PSR I MDS D9 76
BDS670 • LED EconomyLine 12,000 lm • Power supply unit regulating • Metronomis distribution symmetrical • Spigot for diameter 76 mm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 379
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis LED > Metronomis LED Sharp
11
Metronomis LED – a play of light and shadow
Benefits
• Pure design and palette of lighting effects to make your city unique
• Offers exceptional visual comfort while also optimising safety
• Complete and innovative lighting solution with a shared design
identity for both mast and luminaire
Features
• A palette of lighting effects on the ground or on the inside
or outside of the bowl makes it possible to create different
atmospheres and to give streets and cityscapes a distinctive visual
touch
• All the benefits of LEDGINE (high energy saving, serviceable and
upgradable, maintains excellent light quality over lifetime, versatile
in application)
• Five dedicated aluminium and wooden masts – heights of 3.5 and 4
meters – enhance the pure, simplified style of the luminaires
Applications
• City centres and squares
• Commercial and business centres
• Residential and architectural areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ECO120 118 10,316 87 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDA, MDS BDS660
ECO120 118 10,599 90 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDW BDS660
GRN40 35 3,527 100 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDA, MDS BDS660
GRN40 35 3,624 103 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDW BDS660
GRN80 71 7,047 99 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDA, MDS BDS660
GRN80 71 7,241 102 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDW BDS660
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO120’ = LED EconomyLine 12,000 lm, ’GRN40’ = LED GreenLine 4,000 lm, ’GRN80’ = LED GreenLine 8,000 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’MDA’ = Metronomis distribution asymmetrical, ’MDS’ = Metronomis distribution symmetrical, ’MDW’ = Metronomis distribution wide
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 380
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis LED > Metronomis LED Sharp
11
Product sample > BDS660 GRN40–2S/740 PSR I MDA D9 76
BDS660 • LED GreenLine 4,000 lm • Power supply unit regulating • Metronomis distribution asymmetrical • Spigot for diameter 76 mm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 381
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis LED > Metronomis LED Torch
11
Metronomis LED – a play of light and shadow
Benefits
• Pure design and palette of lighting effects to make your city unique
• Offers exceptional visual comfort while also optimising safety
• Complete and innovative lighting solution with a shared design
identity for both mast and luminaire
Features
• A palette of lighting effects on the ground or on the inside
or outside of the bowl makes it possible to create different
atmospheres and to give streets and cityscapes a distinctive visual
touch
• All the benefits of LEDGINE (high energy saving, serviceable and
upgradable, maintains excellent light quality over lifetime, versatile
in application)
• Five dedicated aluminium and wooden masts – heights of 3.5 and 4
meters – enhance the pure, simplified style of the luminaires
Applications
• City centres and squares
• Commercial and business centres
• Residential and architectural areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ECO60 58 5,221 90 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDA, MDS BDS650
ECO60 58 5,362 93 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDW BDS650
GRN20 19 1,708 88 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDA, MDS BDS650
GRN20 19 1,754 90 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDW BDS650
GRN40 37 3,373 92 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDA, MDS BDS650
GRN40 37 3,464 95 4,000 >70 Dark Grey 10,714 MDW BDS650
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO60’ = LED EconomyLine 6,000 lm, ’GRN20’ = LED GreenLine 2,000 lm, ’GRN40’ = LED GreenLine 4,000 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’MDA’ = Metronomis distribution asymmetrical, ’MDS’ = Metronomis distribution symmetrical, ’MDW’ = Metronomis distribution wide
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 382
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis LED > Metronomis LED Torch
11
Product sample > BDS650 GRN20–2S/740 PSR I MDA D9 76
BDS650 • LED GreenLine 2,000 lm • Power supply unit regulating • Metronomis distribution asymmetrical • Spigot for diameter 76 mm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 383
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Milewide2 LED > MileWide2
11
MileWide2 – design meets efficiency
Benefits
• Consistency and continuity of family design
• Complete solution with dedicated masts and brackets
• Significant energy savings (up to 80% compared to HPL) without
compromising on quality of light
Features
• Dedicated total solution based on clean-design, high-finish
MileWide family
• Designed for LED – no compromise
• Exceptionally high performance and good glare control
• Different optics available – suitable for a wide range of applications
• "Plug-and-play"
Applications
• Residential streets
• Walking, cycling and running paths
• Main roads
• Motorways
• Car parks
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
GRN22 16 2,198 114 4,000 70 Silver DM BRP435
GRN45 36 4,520 104 4,000 70 Silver DM BRP435
GRN85 63 8,546 109 4,000 70 Silver DM BRP435
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’GRN22’ = LED GreenLine 2,200 lm, ’GRN45’ = LED GreenLine 4,500 lm, ’GRN85’ = LED GreenLine 8,500 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DM’ = Distribution medium
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 384
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Milewide2 LED > MileWide2
11
Product sample > BRP435 GRN85-/740 I DM SI CLO D9 T25
BRP435 • LED GreenLine 8,500 lm • Distribution medium • Constant light output
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 385
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Milewide LED > MileWide LED Mini
11
Milewide – pure and contemporary
Benefits
• Extremely compact and sleek, timeless design
• With the future proof LEDGINE module
• Special Milewide masts available
Features
• Clean, Nordic design
• LEDGINE module
• Dedicated masts
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 386
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Milewide LED > MileWide LED Mini
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ECO28 28 2,840 101.4 4,000 76 Grey MSO BRS419
ECO43 40 4,250 106.3 4,000 76 Grey MSO, WSO BRS419
GRN29 27 2,930 108.5 4,000 76 Grey MSO BRS419
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO28’ = LED EconomyLine 2,800 lm, ’ECO43’ = LED EconomyLine 4,300 lm, ’GRN29’ = LED GreenLine 2,900 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’MSO’ = Medium wide street optic, ’WSO’ = Wide street optic
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 387
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySpirit gen2 > CitySpirit gen2 Classic
11
CitySpirit – reveal the spirit of your city
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent lighting performance during hours of darkness
with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solution for every situation
Features
• Urban styling – multiple models, including wall-mounted and bollard
versions, with a shared look and feel
• Choice of conventional or LED light sources (upgradeable LED light
engine)
• Wide range of masts and brackets
• Variety of optical elements addressing, for example, night
preservation, visual comfort and light trespass
• Transparent materials
Applications
• City centers and squares
• Residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
CPO-TW 60 Grey CDS461
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 388
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySpirit gen2 > CitySpirit gen2 Cone
11
CitySpirit – reveal the spirit of your city
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent lighting performance during hours of darkness
with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solution for every situation
Features
• Urban styling – multiple models, including wall-mounted and bollard
versions, with a shared look and feel
• Choice of conventional or LED light sources (upgradeable LED light
engine)
• Wide range of masts and brackets
• Variety of optical elements addressing, for example, night
preservation, visual comfort and light trespass
• Transparent materials
Applications
• City centers and squares
• Residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
CPO-TW 60 Grey CDS471
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 389
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySpirit gen2 > CitySpirit gen2 Modern
11
CitySpirit – reveal the spirit of your city
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent lighting performance during hours of darkness
with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solution for every situation
Features
• Urban styling – multiple models, including wall-mounted and bollard
versions, with a shared look and feel
• Choice of conventional or LED light sources (upgradeable LED light
engine)
• Wide range of masts and brackets
• Variety of optical elements addressing, for example, night
preservation, visual comfort and light trespass
• Transparent materials
Applications
• City centers and squares
• Residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
CPO-TW 60 Grey CDS463
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 390
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySpirit gen2 > CitySpirit gen2 Torch
11
CitySpirit – reveal the spirit of your city
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent lighting performance during hours of darkness
with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solution for every situation
Features
• Urban styling – multiple models, including wall-mounted and bollard
versions, with a shared look and feel
• Choice of conventional or LED light sources (upgradeable LED light
engine)
• Wide range of masts and brackets
• Variety of optical elements addressing, for example, night
preservation, visual comfort and light trespass
• Transparent materials
Applications
• City centers and squares
• Residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
CPO-TW 60 Grey CDS471
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 391
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySoul > CitySoul
11
CitySoul – create identity
Benefits
• Compact urban lighting luminaire - part of a complete solution that
contributes to the identity of the city instead of just providing light
points
• Highly versatile range with a wide choice of masts and brackets in
every style - modern or classical, single or twin, with the option of
a pedestrian mini-luminaire
• Available with mast heights from 4 to 10 m in standard ultra-dark
grey or other colours and finishes on request
Features
• Simple, flat, ellipsoidal housing available in two sizes
• Wide choice of masts and brackets in every style – modern or
classical, single or twin; mast heights from 4 to 10 m
• State-of-the-art lamp and gear technologies – including LED
• Suitable for side-entry, suspended or post-top installation
• Adjustable beam, plus light trespass accessories
Applications
• Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas
• Local streets, minor collector roads
• Squares, parks
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 392
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySoul > CitySoul
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 60 Grey OC CGP431
CDO-TT 70 Grey CGP430
CDO-TT 100 Grey OR CGP430, CGP431
CDO-TT 140 Grey OC CGP431
CDO-TT 150 Grey OR CGP431
CDO-TT 250 Grey OR CGP431
CPO-TW 60 Grey OC CGP430, CGP431
CPO-TW 140 Grey OC CGP431
SON-T 70 Grey CGP430
SON-T 100 Grey OR CGP430, CGP431
SON-T 150 Grey OR CGP431
SON-T 250 Grey OR CGP431
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White, ’SON-T’ = SON-T
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’OC’ = Optic for CosmoPolis lamp, ’OR’ = Open CT-POT
o o
500
400
300
90 90
o o
60 60
o o o
(cd/1000lm) 30 0 30 L.O.R.=0.72
o o o
0 - 180 90 - 270 28 - 208
o o
500
400
300
90 90
o o
60 60
o o o
(cd/1000lm) 30 0 30 L.O.R.=0.76
o o o
0 - 180 90 - 270 18 - 198
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 393
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > CitySoul > CitySoul
11
Product sample > ZGP430 LO
Internal louvre
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 394
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium Mini
11
Mini Iridium – lighting the road ahead
Benefits
• Compact, attractive design for residential applications
• Low total cost of ownership
Features
• Superior light quality with Philips CosmoPolis lamp
• Robust die-cast aluminium construction
• Integrated and standalone control options
Applications
• Residential streets
• Pedestrian areas
• Cycle paths
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CPO-TW 45 Grey OC, OC-V, VX2 SGS451
CPO-TW 60 Grey OC, OC-V, VX2 SGS451
CPO-TW 90 Grey OC, OC-V SGS451
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’OC’ = Optic for CosmoPolis lamp, ’OC-V’ = Optic for CosmoPolis lamp with V-louvre, ’VX2’ = Narrow street reflector with V-inlay and louvre
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 395
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium Mini
11
Product sample > SGS451 CPO-TW45W K EB I VX2 GB GR
SGS451 • MASTER CosmoPolis White • 45 W • Electronic • Narrow street reflector with V-inlay and louvre • Glass bowl/cover
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 396
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium Mini
11
Product sample > SGS451 CPO-TW90W K EB I OC-V GB GR
SGS451 • MASTER CosmoPolis White • 90 W • Electronic • Optic for CosmoPolis lamp with V-louvre • Glass bowl/cover
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 397
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium SGS252/452
11
Iridium – lighting the road ahead
Benefits
• GRP and aluminium body options
• Worldwide design acceptance and high degree of modularity, with
a wide range of sizes, materials and options
Features
• Family includes MASTERColour CDM Elite MW, CosmoPolis and
LED-enabled versions
• Superior optics
• Dimming and Telemanagement capability
• Three different sizes, suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting;
also full range of brackets
• Fully recyclable; only light source and driver have to be recycled
separately
Applications
• Traffic routes
• Residential roads and streets
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 398
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium SGS252/452
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
SON-T 70 Grey CR SGS252, SGS452
SON-T 100 Grey OR SGS252, SGS452
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’SON-T’ = SON-T
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’CR’ = Closed CT-POT, ’OR’ = Open CT-POT
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 399
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium SGS252/452
11
Product sample > SGS452 SON-T70W K EB 240V I CR FG FM GR
SGS452 • SON-T • 70 W • Electronic • Closed CT-POT • Glass flat
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 400
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium SGS252/452
11
Product sample > ZGS252 L-BACK V2
Back louvre
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 401
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium SGS253/453
11
Iridium – lighting the road ahead
Benefits
• GRP and aluminium body options
• Worldwide design acceptance and high degree of modularity, with
a wide range of sizes, materials and options
Features
• Family includes MASTERColour CDM Elite MW, CosmoPolis and
LED-enabled versions
• Superior optics
• Dimming and Telemanagement capability
• Three different sizes, suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting;
also full range of brackets
• Fully recyclable; only light source and driver have to be recycled
separately
Applications
• Traffic routes
• Residential roads and streets
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 402
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium SGS253/453
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CPO-TW 140 Grey OC SGS253, SGS453
SON-T 150 Grey CR SGS453
SON-T 250 Grey CR SGS453
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White, ’SON-T’ = SON-T
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’CR’ = Closed CT-POT, ’OC’ = Optic for CosmoPolis lamp
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 403
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium SGS253/453
11
Product sample > SGS453 CPO-T140W K EB 240V I GB FM GR P1
SGS453 • MASTER CosmoPolis White • 140 W • Optic for CosmoPolis lamp • Glass bowl/cover
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 404
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium > Iridium SGS253/453
11
Product sample > SGS453 SON-T250W K 240V I CR FG FM GR SN
SGS453 • SON-T • 250 W • Closed CT-POT • Glass flat
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 405
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 > Iridium2 Medium
11
Iridium2 – Future proof lighting performance
Benefits
• Future-proof luminaire: easy maintenance; no tools required for
LED upgrade
• Highly efficient lighting platform; no compromise on lighting quality
thanks to flat glass
• Full flexibility to cover all applications
Features
• Best-in-class optics
• Electronic gear (Philips Xtreme gear)
• Integrated controls
Applications
• Roads: highways and motorised traffic routes
• Streets: mixed traffic and residential streets
• Walking/Cycle paths
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp Lamp power Colour Optic type1 Luminaires type
(W)
CPO-TW 60 Grey FX1 SGP352
CPO-TW 90 Grey FX1 SGP352
CPO-TW 140 Grey FX1 SGP352
SON-TPP 70 Grey FX1, FX2 SGP352
SON-TPP 100 Grey FX1 SGP352
SON-TPP 150 Grey FX2 SGP352
1
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’FX1’ = Flexible distribution version 1, ’FX2’ = Flexible distribution version 2
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 406
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 > Iridium2 Medium
11
Product sample > SGP352 CPO-TW140W K EB FX1 AL GR
SGP352 • MASTER CosmoPolis White • 140 W • Electronic • Flexible distribution version 1
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 407
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 > Iridium2 Large
11
Iridium2 – Future proof lighting performance
Benefits
• Future-proof luminaire: easy maintenance; no tools required for
LED upgrade
• Highly efficient lighting platform; no compromise on lighting quality
thanks to flat glass
• Full flexibility to cover all applications
Features
• Best-in-class optics
• Electronic gear (Philips Xtreme gear)
• Integrated controls
Applications
• Roads: highways and motorised traffic routes
• Streets: mixed traffic and residential streets
• Walking/Cycle paths
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
SON-TPP 150 Grey FX1 SGP353
SON-TPP 250 Grey FX1 SGP353
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’SON-TPP’ = SON-T PIA Plus
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’FX1’ = Flexible distribution version 1
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 408
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Iridium2 > Iridium2 Large
11
Product sample > SGP353 SON-TPP250W K EB FX1 AL GR P1
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 409
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Annecy
11
Metronomis – turning vision into reality
Benefits
• Total solution with both luminaires and supports forming part of a
complete, integrated concept
• Huge range of optical elements and light sources makes it possible
to create different atmospheres within the city using a single,
perfectly coordinated system
Features
• Wide range of optical elements and light sources
• Dedicated masts and brackets – five mast designs in steel,
aluminium and wood, with heights from 3.5 to 12 m
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 410
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Annecy
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 70 Grey CDS560
CDO-TT 100 Grey CDS560
CDO-TT 150 Grey CDS560
SON 70 Grey CDS560
SON 100 Grey CDS560
SON 150 Grey CDS560
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’SON’ = SON
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 411
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Berlin
11
Metronomis – turning vision into reality
Benefits
• Total solution with both luminaires and supports forming part of a
complete, integrated concept
• Huge range of optical elements and light sources makes it possible
to create different atmospheres within the city using a single,
perfectly coordinated system
Features
• Wide range of optical elements and light sources
• Dedicated masts and brackets – five mast designs in steel,
aluminium and wood, with heights from 3.5 to 12 m
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 412
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Berlin
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 70 Grey A CDS570
CDO-TT 100 Grey A CDS570
CDO-TT 150 Grey A CDS570
SON 70 Grey A CDS570
SON 100 Grey A CDS570
SON 150 Grey A CDS570
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’SON’ = SON
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 413
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Bilbao
11
Metronomis – turning vision into reality
Benefits
• Total solution with both luminaires and supports forming part of a
complete, integrated concept
• Huge range of optical elements and light sources makes it possible
to create different atmospheres within the city using a single,
perfectly coordinated system
Features
• Wide range of optical elements and light sources
• Dedicated masts and brackets – five mast designs in steel,
aluminium and wood, with heights from 3.5 to 12 m
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 414
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Bilbao
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 70 Grey CDS540
CDO-TT 100 Grey CDS540
CDO-TT 150 Grey CDS540
SON 70 Grey CDS540
SON 100 Grey CDS540
SON 150 Grey CDS540
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’SON’ = SON
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 415
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Bordeaux
11
Metronomis – turning vision into reality
Benefits
• Total solution with both luminaires and supports forming part of a
complete, integrated concept
• Huge range of optical elements and light sources makes it possible
to create different atmospheres within the city using a single,
perfectly coordinated system
Features
• Wide range of optical elements and light sources
• Dedicated masts and brackets – five mast designs in steel,
aluminium and wood, with heights from 3.5 to 12 m
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 70 Grey S CDS592
CDO-TT 100 Grey S CDS592
CDO-TT 150 Grey S CDS592
SON 70 Grey S CDS592
SON 100 Grey S CDS592
SON 150 Grey S CDS592
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’SON’ = SON
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’S’ = Symmetrical
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 416
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Bordeaux
11
Product sample > CDS592 SON70W K 240V II S TT GR SND
CDS592 • SON • 70 W • Symmetrical • Transparent bowl with transparent cover
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 417
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Brussels
11
Metronomis – turning vision into reality
Benefits
• Total solution with both luminaires and supports forming part of a
complete, integrated concept
• Huge range of optical elements and light sources makes it possible
to create different atmospheres within the city using a single,
perfectly coordinated system
Features
• Wide range of optical elements and light sources
• Dedicated masts and brackets – five mast designs in steel,
aluminium and wood, with heights from 3.5 to 12 m
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 418
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Brussels
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 70 Grey A CDS501
CDO-TT 100 Grey A CDS501
CDO-TT 150 Grey A CDS502
SON-T 70 Grey A CDS501
SON-T 100 Grey A CDS501
SON-T 150 Grey A CDS502
SON-T 250 Grey A CDS502
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’SON-T’ = SON-T
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 419
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Cambridge
11
Metronomis – turning vision into reality
Benefits
• Total solution with both luminaires and supports forming part of a
complete, integrated concept
• Huge range of optical elements and light sources makes it possible
to create different atmospheres within the city using a single,
perfectly coordinated system
Features
• Wide range of optical elements and light sources
• Dedicated masts and brackets – five mast designs in steel,
aluminium and wood, with heights from 3.5 to 12 m
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 420
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Cambridge
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 70 Grey CDS580
CDO-TT 100 Grey CDS580
CDO-TT 150 Grey CDS580
SON 70 Grey CDS580
SON 100 Grey CDS580
SON 150 Grey CDS580
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’SON’ = SON
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 421
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Malmö
11
Metronomis – turning vision into reality
Benefits
• Total solution with both luminaires and supports forming part of a
complete, integrated concept
• Huge range of optical elements and light sources makes it possible
to create different atmospheres within the city using a single,
perfectly coordinated system
Features
• Wide range of optical elements and light sources
• Dedicated masts and brackets – five mast designs in steel,
aluminium and wood, with heights from 3.5 to 12 m
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 422
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Malmö
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 70 Grey S CDS550
CDO-TT 100 Grey CDS550
CDO-TT 150 Grey CDS550
SON 70 Grey CDS550
SON 100 Grey CDS550
SON 150 Grey CDS550
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’SON’ = SON
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’S’ = Symmetrical
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 423
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Oslo
11
Metronomis – turning vision into reality
Benefits
• Total solution with both luminaires and supports forming part of a
complete, integrated concept
• Huge range of optical elements and light sources makes it possible
to create different atmospheres within the city using a single,
perfectly coordinated system
Features
• Wide range of optical elements and light sources
• Dedicated masts and brackets – five mast designs in steel,
aluminium and wood, with heights from 3.5 to 12 m
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 424
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Oslo
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 70 Grey AE CDS505
CDO-TT 100 Grey AE CDS505
CDO-TT 150 Grey AE CDS506
SON-T 70 Grey AE CDS505
SON-T 100 Grey AE CDS505
SON-T 150 Grey AE CDS506
SON-T 250 Grey AE CDS506
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’SON-T’ = SON-T
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’AE’ = Asymmetrical matrix
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 425
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Porto
11
Metronomis – turning vision into reality
Benefits
• Total solution with both luminaires and supports forming part of a
complete, integrated concept
• Huge range of optical elements and light sources makes it possible
to create different atmospheres within the city using a single,
perfectly coordinated system
Features
• Wide range of optical elements and light sources
• Dedicated masts and brackets – five mast designs in steel,
aluminium and wood, with heights from 3.5 to 12 m
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 70 Grey AE CDS503
CDO-TT 100 Grey AE CDS503
CDO-TT 150 Grey AE CDS504
SON-T 70 Grey AE CDS503
SON-T 100 Grey AE CDS503
SON-T 150 Grey AE CDS504
SON-T 250 Grey AE CDS504
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’SON-T’ = SON-T
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’AE’ = Asymmetrical matrix
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 426
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Porto
11
Product sample > CDS503 SON-T70W K 240V II AE FG GR SND
CDS503 • SON-T • 70 W • Asymmetrical matrix • Glass flat
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 427
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Torino
11
Metronomis – turning vision into reality
Benefits
• Total solution with both luminaires and supports forming part of a
complete, integrated concept
• Huge range of optical elements and light sources makes it possible
to create different atmospheres within the city using a single,
perfectly coordinated system
Features
• Wide range of optical elements and light sources
• Dedicated masts and brackets – five mast designs in steel,
aluminium and wood, with heights from 3.5 to 12 m
Applications
• Urban and architectural areas
• Commercial and business centres
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 428
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Torino
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
CDO-TT 70 Grey CDS530
CDO-TT 100 Grey CDS530
CDO-TT 150 Grey CDS530
SON 70 Grey CDS530
SON 100 Grey CDS530
SON 150 Grey CDS530
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’SON’ = SON
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Ø
42-60
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 429
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Metronomis > Metronomis Torino
11
Product sample > ZDS500 LO
Internal louvre
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 430
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Selenium > Selenium
11
Selenium – simple, efficient performance
Benefits
• Efficient, ergonomic road-lighting luminaire with a simple, rounded
form that reduces daytime visual impact
• Energy savings are possible by means of dimming and CMS control
Features
• Incorporates the renowned T-POT reflector for excellent optical
performance
• Economic performance up to 400 W
• Three tilt angles for optimal installation on mast or bracket
Applications
• Traffic routes
• Urban and residential streets
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 431
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Selenium > Selenium
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CPO-TW 45 Grey OR SGP340
CPO-TW 60 Grey OR SGP340
CPO-TW 90 Grey OR SGP340
CPO-TW 140 Grey OR SGP340
SON-T 50 Grey TP EGP340, SGP340
SON-T 70 Grey TP EGP340, SGP340
SON-T 100 Grey TP EGP340, SGP340
SON-T 150 Grey TP EGP340, SGP340
SON-T 250 Grey TP EGP340, SGP340
SON-TAPXA 70 Grey TP SGP340
SON-TAPXA 100 Grey TP SGP340
SON-TAPXA 150 Grey TP SGP340
SON-TAPXA 250 Grey TP SGP340
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White, ’SON-T’ = SON-T, ’SON-TAPXA’ = MASTER SON-T APIA Plus Xtra
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’OR’ = Open CT-POT, ’TP’ = Open T-POT
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 432
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Selenium > Selenium
11
Product sample > SGP340 CPO-TW60W K EB I OR FG P1 76
SGP340 • MASTER CosmoPolis White • 60 W • Electronic • Open CT-POT • Glass flat • NEMA socket for photocell
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 433
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Road and Urban Luminaires > Selenium > Selenium
11
Product sample > SGP340 SON-TAPXA70W K EBD I FG D9 48/60
SGP340 • MASTER SON-T APIA Plus Xtra • 70 W • Electronic regulating DALI • Glass flat
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 434
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Bollards > Vivara LED
11
Vivara LED – economical bollard
Benefits
• Robust and reliable
• Maintenance-free (LEDs)
• PVC-free
Features
• Economical, vandal-resistant bollard for ground-mounting
applications
• Glare-free light distribution thanks to internal louvre and tinted
transparent diffuser
• Easy installation – everything you need is in the box!
• Energy-efficient Fortimo RDLM LED module
Applications
• Urban and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
• City centres
• Squares
• Parks
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Lamp Colour Rendering Index Colour Luminaires type
(lm) (lm/W) (Ra )
RDLM2000 2,000 32 80 Black, Green BGC136, BGC137
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’RDLM2000’ = RDLM 2,000
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 435
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Bollards > Vivara
11
Vivara – economical bollard
Benefits
• Robust and reliable
• Wide choice of energy-efficient light sources
• Green product: PVC- and mercury-free
Features
• Economical, vandal-resistant bollard for ground- or wall-mounting
applications
• Glare-free light distribution thanks to internal louvre and tinted
transparent diffuser
• Easy installation
• Available in LED, CDO/SON, Tornado High Lumen and E27
Applications
• Urban and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
• City centres
• Squares
• Parks
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
Black, Green HGC136, HGC137
SON/CDO 70 Black, Green HGC136, HGC137
TORN 60 Black, Green HGC136, HGC137
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’SON/CDO’ = SON or MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET/TT, ’TORN’ = TORNADO
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 436
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Bollards > Vivara
11
Product sample > HGC136 TORN60W/827 K BK
HGC136 • TORNADO • 60 W
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 437
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Bollards > VivaraZON
11
VivaraZON – aluminium bollard
Benefits
• Vandal-resistant, ground-mounted aluminium bollard with a highly
reflective internal louvre for glare-free light distribution
• Choice of two distinctive designs: a round top with clear cover and
a flat top with innovative ZON diffuser
• Suitable for a wide range of lamps: discharge, incandescent and
fluorescent
Features
• Choice of two distinctive designs: a round top with clear cover and
a flat top with innovative ZON diffuser
• Suitable for a wide range of lamps: discharge, incandescent and
fluorescent
• Vandal-resistant
• Highly reflective internal louvre
Applications
• Urban and pedestrian areas
• Promenades, squares, parks
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 438
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Bollards > VivaraZON
11
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Luminaires type
(W)
HCP170, HCP171
SON 70 HCP170, HCP171
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’SON’ = SON
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 439
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Bollards > VivaraZON
11
Product sample > HCP171 MAX100W-E27 LO PCP
HCP171 • Internal louvre • Polycarbonate bowl/cover prismatic
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 440
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Masts and brackets > CitySpirit, brackets
11
CitySpirit brackets – Streetwise
Benefits
• Perfect integration in the urban architecture, with luminaire, mast
and bracket designed as an integrated concept
• Matches excellent urban lighting performance during darkness
hours with outstanding aesthetics during the day
• Wide choice of masts, brackets, lanterns and optical elements
offers complete, elegant solutions for every situation
Features
• Choice of models, including wall-mounted and bollard versions
• Choice of conventional or LED light sources (upgradeable LED light
engine)
• Wide range of masts and brackets
Applications
• Urban, residential and pedestrian areas
• Promenades
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 441
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Masts and brackets > CitySpirit, brackets
11
Product sample > ZRP450 MBP-S DECO D60
Pole-mounting bracket single • Decorative element
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 442
Outdoor Luminaires > Road and Urban Lighting > Masts and brackets > CitySpirit, brackets
11
Product sample > ZRP450 MBP-T DECO D76
Pole-mounting bracket twin • Decorative element
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 443
Architectural floodlighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 444
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting
Floodlighting í
12
Color Reach
Color Reach Compact
Compact Powercore
Powercore 448 ColorBlast Powercore
ColorBlast Powercore BCP472
BCP472 451 ColorBurst 66
ColorBurst 453 ColorBurst Compact
ColorBurst Compact Powercore
Powercore 455
ColorBurst
ColorBurst Powercore
Powercore 459 ColorReach
ColorReach Powercore
Powercore gen2
gen2 462 eColor
eColor Reach
Reach Compact
Compact Powercore
Powercore 464 eW
eW Blast
Blast Powercore
Powercore BCP473
BCP473 467
eW Burst
eW Burst Compact
Compact Powercore
Powercore 470 eW Burst
eW Burst Powercore
Powercore 474 eW Reach
eW Reach Compact
Compact Powercore
Powercore 479 eW Reach
eW Reach Powercore
Powercore gen2
gen2 482
iW Blast
iW Blast PowerCore
PowerCore BCP474
BCP474 485 iW Burst
iW Burst Compact
Compact Powercore
Powercore 487 iW Burst
iW Burst Powercore
Powercore 490 iW Reach
iW Reach Compact
Compact Powercore
Powercore 493
DecoFlood2 LED í
iW Reach
iW Reach Powercore
Powercore gen2
gen2 496 PROflood
PROflood 498 DecoFlood22 LED
DecoFlood LED BVP626
BVP626 501 DecoFlood22 LED
DecoFlood LED BVP636-646
BVP636-646 503
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 445
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting
DecoScene LED í
12
DecoFlood22 LED
DecoFlood LED Mini
Mini 506 DecoScene LED
DecoScene LED BBP521
BBP521 508 DecoScene LED
DecoScene LED BBP621
BBP621 510 DecoScene LED
DecoScene LED BBP623
BBP623 512
DecoFlood2 í
DecoFlood22 DVP626
DecoFlood DVP626 514 DecoFlood22 DVP627
DecoFlood DVP627 517 DecoFlood22 DVP628
DecoFlood DVP628 519 DecoFlood22 DVP636
DecoFlood DVP636 520
DecoScene í
DecoFlood22 DVP637
DecoFlood DVP637 523 DecoScene DBP521
DecoScene DBP521 525 DecoScene DBP522
DecoScene DBP522 527 DecoScene DBP523
DecoScene DBP523 530
Linear lighting í
DecoScene DBP521/522/523
DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories
accessories 532 ColorGraze MX4
ColorGraze MX4 Powercore
Powercore 539 ColorGraze EC
ColorGraze EC Powercore
Powercore 541 ColorGraze MX
ColorGraze MX Powercore
Powercore 544
ColorGraze QLX
ColorGraze QLX Powercore
Powercore 549 eColor Graze
eColor Graze EC
EC Powercore
Powercore 553 eColor Graze
eColor Graze MX
MX Powercore
Powercore 556 eColor Graze
eColor Graze QLX
QLX Powercore
Powercore 559
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 446
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting
12
eW Graze
eW Graze EC
EC Powercore
Powercore 563 eW Graze
eW Graze MX
MX Powercore
Powercore 566 eW Graze
eW Graze QLX
QLX Powercore
Powercore 570 iW Graze
iW Graze EC
EC Powercore
Powercore 574
iW
iW Graze
Graze MX
MX Powercore
Powercore 577 iW
iW Graze
Graze QLX
QLX Powercore
Powercore 580 LEDline22 BBS713/716
LEDline BBS713/716 583 LEDline22 BCS710/713/716/719/722
LEDline BCS710/713/716/719/722 585
ArchiPoint iColor
ArchiPoint iColor 593 eW Accent
eW Accent MX
MX Powercore
Powercore 595 eW Flex
eW Flex SLX
SLX 596 iColor Accent
iColor Accent MX
MX Powercore
Powercore 598
iColor Flex
iColor Flex MX
MX gen2
gen2 600 iColor Flex
iColor Flex LMX
LMX gen2
gen2 603 AmazonLED22
AmazonLED 606 C-Splash 22
C-Splash 608
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 447
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > Color Reach Compact Powercore
Benefits 12
• Outputs thousands of lumens and throws light hundreds of feet,
delivering true LED-based illumination for large-scale structures and
objects in a compact, fully-sealed housing
• Powercore technology rapidly, efficiently, and accurately controls
power output to fixtures directly from line voltage
• Exchangeable spread lenses of 8, 13, 23, 40, 63º and an asymmetric 5
x 17º support a variety of photometric distributions for a multitude
of applications
Features
• Integrates Powercore technology − Powercore technology rapidly,
efficiently, and accurately controls power output to fixtures directly
from line voltage. Philips Data Enabler Pro merges line voltage and
control data and delivers them to fixtures over a single standard
cable, dramatically simplifying installation and lowering total system
cost.
• Versatile optics − exchangeable spread lenses of 8, 13, 23, 40,
63º and an asymmetric 5 x 17º support a variety of photometric
distributions for a multitude of applications, including spotlighting,
wall grazing, and asymmetric wall washing. Bezel and gasket are
included with spread lenses for easy user installation.
• Saturated, cost-effective colour − high-performance LEDs offer
rich, saturated colour at aignificantly reduced cost for installation,
operation, and maintenance than traditional light sources.
• Simple fixture positioning − rugged, slim-profile mounting bracket
allows simple positioning and fixture rotation through a full 360º.
Side locking bolts enable fixture to be secured reliably with a
standard wrench.
• Universal power input range − accepts a universal power input
range of 100-240 V AC, allowing consistent installation anywhere in
the world.
• Industry-leading controls − works together seamlessly with the
complete Philips Color Kinetics line of controllers, including Light
System Manager, iPlayer 3, and ColorDial Pro, as well as third-party
controllers.
Applications
• Large/medium-scale signature facades and structures
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminaires type
(W)
LED-HB 130 DCP403
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 448
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > Color Reach Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 449
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > Color Reach Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 450
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBlast Powercore BCP472
Features
• Saturated, full-colour light output of up to 1,418 lumens, with light
projection of up to 60 metres
• 10° clear lens for extended light projection; 23° and 36° frosted glass
lenses for a soft-edge beam; 86° no lens for extra wide beam, ideal
for wall washing
• Locking canopy base offers friction-free rotation of up to 350°, and
110° fixture tilting allows fast aiming without special tools
Integrated Powercore technology
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
Applications
• Indoor and outdoor architectural lighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 451
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBlast Powercore BCP472
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Lamp
(W) (lm) (lm/W)
LED-HB 50 1,217 23.9 Black, White 36 BCP472
LED-HB 50 1,222 23.9 Black, White 23 BCP472 12
LED-HB 50 1,418 23.9 Black, White 10 BCP472
LED-HB 50 1,471 23.9 Black, White 86 BCP472
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’10’ = Narrow beam angle 10°, ’23’ = Medium beam angle 23º, ’36’ = Medium beam angle 36º, ’86’ = Very wide beam angle 86°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 452
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBurst 6
Features
• Light output of over 500 lumens while consuming just 25 W at full
intensity
• Choice of 10° clear lens for extended light projection and 21°
frosted tempered glass lens for a soft-edge beam
• 350° locking base swivel and 350˚ locking fixture rotation
• Versatile mounting options
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
Applications
• Indoor spotlighting
• Outdoor spotlighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
LED-HB 31.3 Black, White 12, 22 BCP466
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’12’ = Narrow beam angle 12°, ’22’ = Medium beam angle 22º
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 453
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBurst 6
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 454
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBurst Compact Powercore
Features
• Output: standard format up to 647 lumens; compact fixtures up to
498 lumens
• 14°, 23°, 41°, and asymmetric 10° x 41° spread lenses project
a soft-edge beam; native 8° beam angle offers extended light
projection
• Tilting through a full 180°; Architectural fixtures can also rotate
through a full 360° for precise aiming
• Integrated Powercore technology
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
Applications
• Uplighting
• Floodlighting
• Decorative lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
LED-HB Black, Grey, White 10 BCP462
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’10’ = Narrow beam angle 10°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 455
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBurst Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 456
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBurst Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 457
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBurst Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 458
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBurst Powercore
Features
• Output: standard format up to 647 lumens; compact fixtures up to
498 lumens
• 14°, 23°, 41°, and asymmetric 10° x 41° spread lenses project
a soft-edge beam; native 8° beam angle offers extended light
projection
• Tilting through a full 180°; Architectural fixtures can also rotate
through a full 360° for precise aiming
• Integrated Powercore technology
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
Applications
• Uplighting
• Floodlighting
• Decorative lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Luminaires type
LED-HB Black, Grey, White BCP462
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 459
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBurst Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 460
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorBurst Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 461
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorReach Powercore gen2
Features
• Rich, saturated colour light output of over 8,000 lumens and light
projection over 150 metres
• Exchangeable spread lenses of 8°, 13°, 23°, 40°, 63°, and an
asymmetric 5° x 17°
• Simple positioning and fixture rotation through full 360°
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
• Integrated Powercore technology and Philips Data Enabler Pro
Applications
• Large-scale signature facades and structures
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Luminaires type
LED-HB DCP776
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 462
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > ColorReach Powercore gen2
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 463
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eColor Reach Compact Powercore
Benefits 12
• Outputs thousands of lumens and throws light hundreds of feet,
delivering true LED-based illumination for large-scale structures and
objects in a compact, fully-sealed housing
• Powercore technology rapidly, efficiently, and accurately controls
power output to fixtures directly from line voltage
• Exchangeable spread lenses of 8, 13, 23, 40, 63º and an asymmetric 5
x 17º support a variety of photometric distributions for a multitude
of applications
Features
• Integrates Powercore technology − Powercore rapidly, efficiently,
and accurately controls power output to fixtures directly from
line voltage, eliminating the need for an external power supply.
Contractor-friendly installation dramatically simplifies installation
and lowers total system cost.
• Versatile optics − exchangeable spread lenses of 8, 13, 23, 40,
63º and an symmetric 5 x 17º support a variety of photometric
distributions for a multitude of applications, including spotlighting,
wall grazing, and asymmetric wall washing. Bezel and gasket are
included with spread lenses for easy user installation.
• Saturated, cost-effective colour − high-performance LEDs offer
rich, saturated colour at a significantly reduced cost for installation,
operation and maintenance than traditional light sources.
• Simple fixture positioning − rugged, slim-profile mounting bracket
allows flexible positioning and fixture rotation through a full 360º.
Side-locking bolts enable fixture to be secured reliably with a
standard wrench.
• Universal power input range − accepts a universal power input
range of 100-240 V AC, allowing simple, location-independent
installation.
Applications
• Large/medium-scale signature facades and structures
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminaires type
(W)
LED-HB 125 DCP402
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 464
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eColor Reach Compact Powercore
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 465
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eColor Reach Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 466
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Blast Powercore BCP473
Features
• Long-life LEDs (up to 70,000 hours at 70% lumen maintenance);
light output of up to 2,390 lumens
• Choice of cool (4,000 K) or warm (2,700 K) white light; also
available in four solid colours (red, green, blue and amber)
• 10° clear lens for extended light projection; 21° and 36° frosted glass
lenses for a soft-edge beam; 83° no lens for extra wide beam, ideal
for wall washing
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Architectural lighting
• General site illumination
• Signage and retail spaces
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 467
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Blast Powercore BCP473
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 50 Black, White 10, 23, 36, 86 BCP473 12
LED-HB 50 1,613 32.5 2,700 82 Black, White 36 BCP473
LED-HB 50 1,786 38.2 2,700 82 Black, White 21 BCP473
LED-HB 50 1,868 50.9 4,000 80 Black, White 36 BCP473
LED-HB 50 1,969 40.2 2,700 82 Black, White 83 BCP473
LED-HB 50 1,990 42.3 2,700 82 Black, White 10 BCP473
LED-HB 50 2,141 45.9 4,000 80 Black, White 21 BCP473
LED-HB 50 2,390 50.9 4,000 80 Black, White 10 BCP473
LED-HB 50 2,398 49.2 4,000 80 Black, White 83 BCP473
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’10’ = Narrow beam angle 10°, ’21’ = Medium beam angle 21º, ’23’ = Medium beam angle 23º, ’36’ = Medium beam angle 36º,
’83’ = Very wide beam angle 83°, ’86’ = Very wide beam angle 86°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 468
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Blast Powercore BCP473
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 469
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Burst Compact Powercore
Features
• Choice of neutral (4,000 K) or warm (2,700 K) white light; also
available in four solid colours (red, green, blue and amber)
• 14°, 23°, 41°, and asymmetric 10° x 41° spread lenses project
a soft-edge beam; native 8° beam angle offers extended light
projection.
• Tilting through a full 180°. Architectural fixtures can also rotate
through a full 360° for precise aiming.
• Smooth dimming capability with many ELV dimmers
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Uplighting
• Floodlighting
• Decorative lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour2 Optic type3 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 15 BK, GR, WH BCP463
LED-HB 15 624 41.9 2,700 83 BK, GR, WH 10 BCP463
LED-HB 15 812 53.8 4,000 81 BK, GR, WH 10 BCP463
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Colour’ value abbreviations: ’BK’ = Black, ’GR’ = Grey, ’WH’ = White
3
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’10’ = Narrow beam angle 10°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 470
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Burst Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 471
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Burst Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 472
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Burst Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 473
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Burst Powercore
Features
• Choice of neutral (4,000 K) or warm (2,700 K) white light; also
available in four solid colours (red, green, blue and amber)
• 14°, 23°, 41°, and asymmetric 10° x 41° spread lenses project
a soft-edge beam; native 8° beam angle offers extended light
projection.
• Tilting through a full 180°. Architectural fixtures can also rotate
through a full 360° for precise aiming.
• Smooth dimming capability with many ELV dimmers
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Uplighting
• Floodlighting
• Decorative lighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 474
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Burst Powercore
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Colour Colour Luminaires type
Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB Black, White BCP463 12
LED-HB 30 Black, Grey BCP463
LED-HB 30 1,168 39.9 2,700 83 Black, Grey, White BCP463
LED-HB 30 1,478 49.3 4,000 81 Black, Grey, White BCP463
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 475
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Burst Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 476
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Burst Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 477
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Burst Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 478
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Reach Compact Powercore
Features
• Integrates Powercore technology − fixtures rapidly, efficiently, and
accurately process power directly from line voltage, eliminating the
need for additional, external power supplies.
• Versatile optics − exchangeable spread lenses of 8, 13, 23, 40,
63º and an asymmetric 5 x 17º support a variety of photometric
distributions for a multitude of applications, including spotlighting,
wall grazing, and asymmetric wall washing. Bezel and gasket ship
with spread lenses for easy user installation.
• Rich, uniform white light − high-performance LEDs offer rich,
uniform white light at a significantly reduced cost for installation,
operation, and maintenance than traditional light sources.
• Simple fixture positioning − rugged, slim-profile mounting bracket
allows flexible positioning and fixture rotation through a full 360º.
Side-locking bolts enable fixture to be secured reliably with a
standard wrench.
• Universal power input range − accepts a universal power input
range of 100-240 VAC, allowing long fixture runs and consistent
installation anywhere in the world.
Applications
• Large/medium-scale signature facades and structures
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Temperature Luminaires type
(W) (K)
LED-HB 125 2,700 DCP400
LED-HB 125 3,000 DCP400
LED-HB 125 3,500 DCP400
LED-HB 125 4,000 DCP400
LED-HB 125 5,500 DCP400
LED-HB 125 6,500 DCP400
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 479
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Reach Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 480
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Reach Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 481
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Reach Powercore gen2
Features
• Light output of over 12,000 lumens and light projection over 240
metres
• Available in eight colour temperatures, ranging from a warm
2,700 K to a cool 6,500 K, and five solid colours – royal blue, blue,
green, amber and red
• Spread lenses of 8°, 13°, 23°, 40°, 63°and asymmetric 5° x 17°
• Simple positioning and fixture rotation through full 360°
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Large-scale signature facades and structures
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Temperature Luminaires type
(W) (K)
LED-HB DCP773, DCP775
LED-HB 2,700 DCP773, DCP775
LED-HB 3,000 DCP773, DCP775
LED-HB 3,500 DCP773, DCP775
LED-HB 4,000 DCP773, DCP775
LED-HB 5,500 DCP773, DCP775
LED-HB 6,500 DCP773, DCP775
LED-HB 250 DCP771
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 482
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Reach Powercore gen2
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 483
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > eW Reach Powercore gen2
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 484
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Blast PowerCore BCP474
Benefits
• Flexible positioning (350° rotation, 110° tilting, tool-less)
• Adjustable colour temperature from 2,700 K to 6,500 K 12
Features
• Long-life LEDs (up to 70,000 hours at 70% lumen maintenance);
light output of up to 1,777 lumens
• 10° clear lens for extended light projection; 21° and 36° frosted glass
lenses for a soft-edge beam; 83° no lens for extra wide beam, ideal
for wall washing
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Architectural lighting
• General site illumination
• Signage and retail spaces
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 50 1,489 29.4 2700-6, 500 82 Black, White 36 BCP474
LED-HB 50 1,708 33.1 2700-6, 500 82 Black, White 21 BCP474
LED-HB 50 1,822 36.4 2700-6, 500 82 Black, White 83 BCP474
LED-HB 50 1,852 36.7 2700-6, 500 82 Black, White 10 BCP474
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’10’ = Narrow beam angle 10°, ’21’ = Medium beam angle 21º, ’36’ = Medium beam angle 36º, ’83’ = Very wide beam angle 83°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 485
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Blast PowerCore BCP474
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 486
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Burst Compact Powercore
Features
• Variable colour temperature ranging from 2,700-6,500 K
• 14°, 23°, 41°, and asymmetric 10° x 41° spread lenses project
a soft-edge beam; native 8° beam angle offers extended light
projection.
• Tilting through a full 180°; Architectural fixtures can also rotate
through a full 360° for precise aiming
• Exchangeable optics and accessories
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Uplighting
• Floodlighting
• Decorative lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Colour Luminaires type
(K)
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 Black, Grey, White BCP464
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 487
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Burst Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 488
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Burst Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 489
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Burst Powercore
Features
• Variable colour temperature ranging from 2,700-6,500 K
• 14°, 23°, 41°, and asymmetric 10° x 41° spread lenses project
a soft-edge beam; native 8° beam angle offers extended light
projection.
• Tilting through a full 180°; Architectural fixtures can also rotate
through a full 360° for precise aiming
• Exchangeable optics and accessories
• Integrated Powercore technology
Applications
• Uplighting
• Floodlighting
• Decorative lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Colour Luminaires type
(K)
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 Black, Grey, White BCP464
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 490
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Burst Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 491
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Burst Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 492
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Reach Compact Powercore
Features
• Integrates Powercore technology − Powercore technology rapidly,
efficiently, and accurately controls power output to fixtures directly
from line voltage. Philips Data Enabler Pro merges line voltage and
control data and delivers them to fixtures over a single standard
cable, dramatically simplifying installation and lowering total system
cost.
• High-performance illumination in a wide range of colour
temperatures − channels of warm-, neutral-, and cool-white
LEDs produce temperatures ranging from 2,700 to 6,500 K,
offering the greatest possible light intensity at all temperatures.
Fixture brightness can be varied while a constant temperature is
maintained.
• Superior colour consistency − Optibin, a proprietary binning
optimisation process developed by Philips Color Kinetics,
guarantees consistency of hue across LEDs, fixtures, and
manufacturing runs.
• Versatile optics − exchangeable spread lenses of 8,13, 23, 40,
63º and an asymmetric 5 x 17º support a variety of photometric
distributions for a multitude of applications, including spotlighting,
wall grazing, and asymmetric wall washing. Bezel and gasket are
included with spread lenses for easy user installation.
• High-performance, cost-effective light − significantly less cost to
install, operate, and maintain than traditional light sources.
• Simple fixture positioning − rugged, slim-profile mounting bracket
allows simple positioning and fixture rotation through a full 360º.
Side-locking bolts enable fixture to be secured reliably with a
standard wrench.
• Universal power input range − accepts a universal power input
range of 100-240 V AC, allowing consistent installation anywhere in
the world.
Applications
• Large/medium-scale signature facades and structures
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Luminaires type
(K)
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 DCP401
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 493
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Reach Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 494
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Reach Compact Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 495
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Reach Powercore gen2
Features
• Light output of over 12,000 lumens and light projection over 240
metres
• White light ranging from cool (6,500 K) to warm (2,700 K)
• Spread lenses of 8°, 13°, 23°, 40°, 63° and asymmetric 5° x 17°
• Simple positioning and fixture rotation through full 360°
• Integrated Powercore technology and Philips Data Enabler Pro
Applications
• Large-scale signature facades and structures
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Luminaires type
(K)
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 DCP774
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 496
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > iW Reach Powercore gen2
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 497
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > PROflood
Benefits
• A powerful tool that gives display lighting designers great creative
freedom 12
• Waterproof projector for both image projection and creative light
framing
• Creates versatile accents to highlight architectural and natural urban
features, create a welcoming ambience or draw attention to retail
displays
Features
• Waterproof housing
• Adjustable light output
• Choice of colour Solgel filters
• Choice of textured glass screens
Applications
• Modern and classical buildings
• Architectural floodlighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 498
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > PROflood
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-TSA 150 Grey DCP608
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TSA’ = MASTER Colour CDM-T Short Arc
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 499
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > PROflood
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 500
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 LED > DecoFlood2 LED BVP626
Benefits
• Best-in-class optical efficacy and very good colour mixing
• No glue used: allows serviceability and greater recyclability at 12
end-of-life
• Family design allows integration into projects based on the
conventional Decoflood2 range.
Features
• Two types of white (2,700 or 4,000 K), three solid colours (red,
green, blue), as well as tuneable white and RGB versions
• Choice of circular beams from narrow 12° to wide 40°, symmetrical
and asymmetrical rectangular beams, and road beam
Applications
• Classical and modern buildings
• Bridges and structures
• Monuments and sculptures
• Parks and gardens
• Squares, town centres, approach roads
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 53 2,525 41.2 2,700 80 Grey MB, NB, WB BVP626
LED-HB 53 3,188 51.2 4,000 75 Grey MB, NB, WB BVP626
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 501
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 LED > DecoFlood2 LED BVP626
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 502
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 LED > DecoFlood2 LED BVP636-646
Benefits
• Best-in-class optical efficacy and very good colour mixing
• No glue used: allows serviceability and greater recyclability at 12
end-of-life
• Family design allows integration into projects based on the
conventional Decoflood2 range.
Features
• Two types of white (2,700 or 4,000 K), three solid colours (red,
green, blue), as well as tuneable white and RGB versions
• Choice of circular beams from narrow 12° to wide 40°, symmetrical
and asymmetrical rectangular beams, and road beam
Applications
• Classical and modern buildings
• Bridges and structures
• Monuments and sculptures
• Parks and gardens
• Squares, town centres, approach roads
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Temperature Colour Rendering Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Index
(W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 4,000 75 Grey DW, MB, WB BVP636
LED-HB 98 2,700 80 Grey DW, MB, WB BVP636
LED31 2,700 80 Grey A, DM BVP636
LED38 4,000 75 Grey A, DM BVP636
LED52 2,700 80 Grey A, DM BVP636
LED64 4,000 75 Grey A, DM BVP636
LED65 2,700 80 Grey A, DM BVP636
LED80 4,000 75 Grey A, DM BVP636
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness, ’LED31’ = LED module 3,100 lm, ’LED38’ = LED module 3,800 lm, ’LED52’ = LED module 5,200 lm,
’LED64’ = LED module 6,400 lm, ’LED65’ = LED module 6,500 lm, ’LED80’ = LED module 8,000 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’DM’ = Distribution medium, ’DW’ = Distribution wide, ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 503
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 LED > DecoFlood2 LED BVP636-646
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 504
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 LED > DecoFlood2 LED BVP636-646
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 505
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 LED > DecoFlood2 LED Mini
Benefits
• Best-in-class optical efficacy and very good colour mixing
• No glue used: allows serviceability and greater recyclability at 12
end-of-life
• Family design allows integration into projects based on the
conventional Decoflood2 range.
Features
• Two types of white (2,700 or 4,000 K), three solid colours (red,
green, blue), as well as tuneable white and RGB versions
• Choice of circular beams from narrow 12° to wide 40°, symmetrical
and asymmetrical rectangular beams, and road beam
Applications
• Classical and modern buildings
• Bridges and structures
• Monuments and sculptures
• Parks and gardens
• Squares, town centres, approach roads
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 27 1,115 41.2 2,700 80 Grey MB, NB, WB BCP623
LED-HB 27 1,380 51.2 4,000 75 Grey MB, NB, WB BCP623
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 506
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 LED > DecoFlood2 LED Mini
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 507
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene LED > DecoScene LED BBP521
Benefits
• Uplighter that brings the night scene to life by enhancing or
highlighting the city architecture at night, while remaining 12
unobtrusive during the day
• Illuminates monuments, highlights striking pieces of contemporary
architecture or marks out a luminous path through a public park or
garden
• Modular concept with a wide choice of lamps, beams, adjustment
possibilities and accessories to deliver the optimum upward lighting
for any application
Features
• Choice of conventional and LED versions
• Wide choice of light colours, adjustment possibilities and
accessories
• Complies with CEI 60,598-2-13 norm
Applications
• Guidance in private or urban areas
• Gardens
• Footpaths
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
LED-LP 1.4 Grey BBP521
LED-LP 2.2 Grey BBP521
LED-MD 2.2 Grey BBP521
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-LP’ = LED Low Power, ’LED-MD’ = LED Multi-die
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 508
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene LED > DecoScene LED BBP521
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 509
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene LED > DecoScene LED BBP621
Benefits
• Best-in-class optical efficacy and very good colour mixing
• No glue used: allows serviceability and greater recyclability at 12
end-of-life
• Design facilitates use with conventional DecoScene products and
integration into projects.
Features
• Two types of white (2,700 or 4,000 K), three solid colours (red,
green, blue), as well as tuneable white and RGB versions
• Choice of three different circular beams from narrow 12° to wide
40°
• Asymmetrical optic for wall washing effects on façades
Applications
• Classical and modern buildings
• Bridges and structures
• Monuments and sculptures
• Parks and gardens
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 27 1,115 41.2 2,700 75 Grey MB, NB, WB BBP621
LED-HB 27 1,380 51.2 4,000 80 Grey MB, NB, WB BBP621
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 510
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene LED > DecoScene LED BBP621
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 511
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene LED > DecoScene LED BBP623
Benefits
• Best-in-class optical efficacy and very good colour mixing
• No glue used: allows serviceability and greater recyclability at 12
end-of-life
• Design facilitates use with conventional DecoScene products and
integration into projects.
Features
• Two types of white (2,700 or 4,000 K), three solid colours (red,
green, blue), as well as tuneable white and RGB versions
• Choice of three different circular beams from narrow 12° to wide
40°
• Asymmetrical optic for wall washing effects on façades
Applications
• Classical and modern buildings
• Bridges and structures
• Monuments and sculptures
• Parks and gardens
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Tem- Colour Housing Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Power Efficacy Lamp perature Rendering material
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
LED-HB 53 2,525 47.6 2,700 80 Aluminium Grey A, MB, NB, WB BBP623
LED-HB 53 3,130 59.1 4,000 80 Aluminium Grey A, MB, NB, WB BBP623
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 512
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene LED > DecoScene LED BBP623
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 513
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP626
Benefits
• Always the right light effect; tuneable light beam even after
installation 12
• Sustainable and energy-efficient
• Flexible solution with accessories to prevent glare, play with colour
or create various lighting effects
Features
• Integrated ZoomFocus system allows post-installation adjustment
of light beam from narrow to medium, or medium to wide
(available with Decoflood2 DVP626 and 627)
• No glue used in luminaire to enhance recyclability
• Energy-efficient electronic gear integrated, maintaining a stable
colour temperature
• Integrated accessories to avoid obtrusive elements
Applications
• Accent and tree lighting
• Façade and area lighting
• Architectural street lighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 514
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP626
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-T 70 Grey 8, 20, 25-60, 8-16 DVP626
CDM-T 150 Grey 20, 25-60, 8, 8-16 DVP626
12
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’8-16’ = Narrow beam angle 8° to 16°, ’8’ = Narrow beam angle 8°, ’20’ = Medium beam angle 20º, ’25-60’ = Medium to wide beam angle 25° to 60°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 515
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP626
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 516
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP627
Benefits
• Always the right light effect; tuneable light beam even after
installation 12
• Sustainable and energy-efficient
• Flexible solution with accessories to prevent glare, play with colour
or create various lighting effects
Features
• Integrated ZoomFocus system allows post-installation adjustment
of light beam from narrow to medium, or medium to wide
(available with Decoflood2 DVP626 and 627)
• No glue used in luminaire to enhance recyclability
• Energy-efficient electronic gear integrated, maintaining a stable
colour temperature
• Integrated accessories to avoid obtrusive elements
Applications
• Accent and tree lighting
• Façade and area lighting
• Architectural street lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-TMW 210 Grey 4, 10, 20 DVP627
SON-T 70 Grey 4, 10, 20 DVP627
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TMW’ = MASTERColour CDM-T Elite MW, ’SON-T’ = SON-T
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’4’ = Narrow beam angle 4°, ’10’ = Narrow beam angle 10°, ’20’ = Medium beam angle 20º
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 517
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP627
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 518
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP628
Benefits
• Always the right light effect; tuneable light beam even after
installation 12
• Sustainable and energy-efficient
• Flexible solution with accessories to prevent glare, play with colour
or create various lighting effects
Features
• Integrated ZoomFocus system allows post-installation adjustment
of light beam from narrow to medium, or medium to wide
(available with Decoflood2 DVP626 and 627)
• No glue used in luminaire to enhance recyclability
• Energy-efficient electronic gear integrated, maintaining a stable
color temperature
• Integrated accessories to avoid obtrusive elements
Applications
• Accent and tree lighting
• Façade and area lighting
• Architectural street lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-SA/T 150 Grey DVP628
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-SA/T’ = CDM-SA/T
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 519
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP636
Benefits
• Always the right light effect; tuneable light beam even after
installation 12
• Sustainable and energy-efficient
• Flexible solution with accessories to prevent glare, play with colour
or create various lighting effects
Features
• Integrated ZoomFocus system allows post-installation adjustment
of light beam from narrow to medium, or medium to wide
(available with Decoflood2 DVP626 and 627)
• No glue used in luminaire to enhance recyclability
• Energy-efficient electronic gear integrated, maintaining a stable
colour temperature
• Integrated accessories to avoid obtrusive elements
Applications
• Accent and tree lighting
• Façade and area lighting
• Architectural street lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-TD 70 Grey A45, A60, MB, NB, WB DVP636
CDM-TD 150 Grey A45, A60, MB, NB, WB DVP636
CPO-TW 60 Grey OC DVP636
CPO-TW 90 Grey OC DVP636
CPO-TW 140 Grey OC DVP636
SON-T 70 Grey A45, MB, NB, WB DVP636
SON-T 100 Grey A45, MB, NB, WB DVP636
SON-T 150 Grey A45, MB, NB, WB DVP636
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD, ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White, ’SON-T’ = SON-T
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A45’ = Asymmetrical axis angle 45°, ’A60’ = Asymmetrical axis angle 60°, ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam,
’OC’ = Optic for CosmoPolis lamp, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 520
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP636
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 521
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP636
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 522
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP637
Benefits
• Always the right light effect; tuneable light beam even after
installation 12
• Sustainable and energy-efficient
• Flexible solution with accessories to prevent glare, play with colour
or create various lighting effects
Features
• Integrated ZoomFocus system allows post-installation adjustment
of light beam from narrow to medium, or medium to wide
(available with Decoflood2 DVP626 and 627)
• No glue used in luminaire to enhance recyclability
• Energy-efficient electronic gear integrated, maintaining a stable
colour temperature
• Integrated accessories to avoid obtrusive elements
Applications
• Accent and tree lighting
• Façade and area lighting
• Architectural street lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-TMW 210 Grey A45, A60, MB, NB, WB DVP637
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TMW’ = MASTERColour CDM-T Elite MW
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A45’ = Asymmetrical axis angle 45°, ’A60’ = Asymmetrical axis angle 60°, ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 523
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoFlood2 > DecoFlood2 DVP637
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 524
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP521
Benefits
• Uplighter that brings the night scene to life by enhancing or
highlighting the city architecture at night, while remaining 12
unobtrusive during the day
• Illuminates monuments, highlights striking pieces of contemporary
architecture or marks out a luminous path through a public park or
garden
• Modular concept with a wide choice of lamps, beams, adjustment
possibilities and accessories to deliver the optimum upward lighting
for any application
Features
• Choice of conventional and LED versions
• Wide choice of lamps, beams, adjustment possibilities and
accessories
• Complies with CEI 60,598-2-13 norm
• Also available in miniaturised version
Applications
• Private or urban areas
• Gardens
• Footpaths
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 525
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP521
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Rendering Index Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W) (Ra )
CDM-Tm 20 85 Grey A, MB, NB, S, WB DBP521
CDM-Tm 35 90 Grey A, MB, NB, S, WB DBP521
HAL-MR50 50 100 Grey DBP521
12
PL-T/2P 18 82 Grey DBP521
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-Tm’ = MASTERColour CDM-Tm Mini, ’HAL-MR50’ = MASTER Line ES 50mm, ’PL-T/2P’ = MASTER PL-T 2 Pin
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’S’ = Symmetrical, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 526
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP522
Benefits
• Uplighter that brings the night scene to life by enhancing or
highlighting the city architecture at night, while remaining 12
unobtrusive during the day
• Illuminates monuments, highlights striking pieces of contemporary
architecture or marks out a luminous path through a public park or
garden
• Modular concept with a wide choice of lamps, beams, adjustment
possibilities and accessories to deliver the optimum upward lighting
for any application
Features
• Choice of conventional and LED versions
• Wide choice of lamps, beams, adjustment possibilities and
accessories
• Complies with CEI 60,598-2-13 norm
• Also available in miniaturised version
Applications
• Private or urban areas
• Gardens
• Footpaths
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 527
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP522
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Rendering Index Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W) (Ra )
CDM-T 35 81 Grey MB, NB, WB DBP522
CDM-T 70 84 Grey MB, NB, WB DBP522
CDM-T 70 92 Grey MB, NB, WB DBP522
12
CDM-TD 70 82 Grey A, S DBP522
CDM-TD 70 92 Grey A, S DBP522
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’S’ = Symmetrical, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 528
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP522
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 529
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP523
Benefits
• Uplighter that brings the night scene to life by enhancing or
highlighting the city architecture at night, while remaining 12
unobtrusive during the day
• Illuminates monuments, highlights striking pieces of contemporary
architecture or marks out a luminous path through a public park or
garden
• Modular concept with a wide choice of lamps, beams, adjustment
possibilities and accessories to deliver the optimum upward lighting
for any application
Features
• Choice of conventional and LED versions
• Wide choice of lamps, beams, adjustment possibilities and
accessories
• Complies with CEI 60,598-2-13 norm
• Also available in miniaturised version
Applications
• Architectural floodlighting
• Parks, squares
• Residential and shopping areas
• Indoor
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Rendering Index Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W) (Ra )
CDM-T 35 81 Grey A, MB, NB, S, WB DBP523
CDM-T 70 84 Grey MB, NB, WB DBP523
CDM-T 70 92 Grey MB, NB, WB DBP523
CDM-T 150 88 Grey MB, NB, WB DBP523
CDM-T 150 96 Grey MB, NB, WB DBP523
CDM-TD 70 82 Grey A, S DBP523
CDM-TD 70 92 Grey A, S DBP523
CDM-TD 150 88 Grey A, S DBP523
CDM-TD 150 96 Grey A, S DBP523
SDW-TG 50 83 Grey A, MB, NB, S, WB DBP523
SDW-TG 100 83 Grey A, MB, NB, S, WB DBP523
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD, ’SDW-TG’ = MASTER SDW-TG Mini White SON
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’S’ = Symmetrical, ’WB’ = Wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 530
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP523
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 531
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories
Benefits
• Uplighter that brings the night scene to life by enhancing or
highlighting the city architecture at night, while remaining 12
unobtrusive during the day
• Illuminates monuments, highlights striking pieces of contemporary
architecture or marks out a luminous path through a public park or
garden
• Modular concept with a wide choice of lamps, beams, adjustment
possibilities and accessories to deliver the optimum upward lighting
for any application
Features
• Choice of conventional and LED versions
• Wide choice of lamps, beams, adjustment possibilities and
accessories
• Complies with CEI 60,598-2-13 norm
• Also available in miniaturised version
Applications
• Architectural floodlighting
• Parks, squares
• Residential and shopping areas
• Indoor
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 532
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 533
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 534
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 535
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 536
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 537
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Floodlighting > DecoScene > DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 538
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze MX4 Powercore
Features
• Five standard beam angles
• Individual control of each 300 mm (1 foot) segment
• 100-277 V auto-ranging Powercore technology
• Chromasync technology provides consistent output unit-to-unit and
white light output control
• Simple push-and-click connectors
Applications
• Interior: nightclubs, bars, hotels, casinos, churches, stores
• Exterior: facades, surfaces, structures
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Beam angle of light source Luminaires type
(W) (lm) (°)
LED-HB 20 543 10x60 BCS559
LED-HB 20 547 30x60 BCS559
LED-HB 20 555 15x30 BCS559
LED-HB 20 561 60x30 BCS559
LED-HB 20 580 9 BCS559
LED-HB 20 619 10x60 BCS559
LED-HB 20 622 15x30 BCS559
LED-HB 20 628 30x60 BCS559
LED-HB 20 634 60x30 BCS559
LED-HB 20 655 9 BCS559
LED-HB 40 1,086 10x60 BCS559
LED-HB 40 1,094 30x60 BCS559
LED-HB 40 1,110 15x30 BCS559
LED-HB 40 1,122 60x30 BCS559
LED-HB 40 1,160 9 BCS559
LED-HB 40 1,238 10x60 BCS559
LED-HB 40 1,244 15x30 BCS559
LED-HB 40 1,256 30x60 BCS559
LED-HB 40 1,268 60x30 BCS559
LED-HB 40 1,310 9 BCS559
LED-HB 60 1,629 10x60 BCS559
LED-HB 60 1,641 30x60 BCS559
LED-HB 60 1,665 15x30 BCS559
LED-HB 60 1,683 60x30 BCS559
LED-HB 60 1,740 9 BCS559
LED-HB 60 1,857 10x60 BCS559
LED-HB 60 1,866 15x30 BCS559
LED-HB 60 1,884 30x60 BCS559
LED-HB 60 1,902 60x30 BCS559
LED-HB 60 1,965 9 BCS559
LED-HB 80 2,172 10x60 BCS559
LED-HB 80 2,188 30x60 BCS559
LED-HB 80 2,220 15x30 BCS559
LED-HB 80 2,244 60x30 BCS559
LED-HB 80 2,320 9 BCS559
LED-HB 80 2,476 10x60 BCS559
LED-HB 80 2,488 15x30 BCS559
More data see next page
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 539
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze MX4 Powercore
(continued)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Beam angle of light source Luminaires type
(W) (lm) (°)
LED-HB 80 2,512 30x60 BCS559
LED-HB 80 2,536 9 BCS559
LED-HB 80 2,620 9 BCS559
12
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 540
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze EC Powercore
Features
• Soft-edged light output for volume-fill applications thanks to diffuse
cover lens
• Low power consumption is perfect for less demanding exterior
applications
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior coves
• Illumination of exterior details (porte-cochères, mullions,
balustrades, etc.)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Luminaires type
LED-HB BCS468
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 541
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze EC Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 542
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze EC Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 543
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze MX Powercore
Features
• Highest-intensity exterior-rated linear LED luminaire in the market
• High output and beam quality thanks to holographic diffusion
technology
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior facades and structures
• Illumination of large architectural details
• Flood- and wash-lighting applications (depending on beam angle)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Beam angle of light source Luminaires type
(°)
LED-HB 10x60 BCS459
LED-HB 15x30 BCS459
LED-HB 30x60 BCS459
LED-HB 60x30 BCS459
LED-HB 9 BCS459
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 544
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze MX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 545
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze MX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 546
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze MX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 547
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze MX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 548
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze QLX Powercore
Features
• Medium-intensity exterior-rated linear LED luminaire with
output comparable to first-generation product at lower power
consumption
• Consistent output and beam quality thanks to holographic diffusion
technology
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior facades and structures
• Illumination of moderate architectural details
• Signage and flood-/wash-lighting applications (depending on beam
angle)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Luminous Flux Beam angle of light source Luminaires type
(lm) (°)
LED-HB 10x60 BCS467
LED-HB 15x30 BCS467
LED-HB 30x60 BCS467
LED-HB 60x30 BCS467
LED-HB 9 BCS467
LED-HB 408 10x60 BCS467
LED-HB 408 15x30 BCS467
LED-HB 408 30x60 BCS467
LED-HB 408 60x30 BCS467
LED-HB 408 9 BCS467
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 549
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze QLX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 550
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze QLX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 551
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > ColorGraze QLX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 552
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eColor Graze EC Powercore
Features
• Soft-edged light output for volume-fill applications thanks to diffuse
cover lens
• Low power consumption is perfect for less demanding exterior
applications
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior coves
• Illumination of exterior details (porte-cochères, mullions,
balustrades, etc.)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Luminaires type
LED-HB BCS448
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 553
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eColor Graze EC Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 554
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eColor Graze EC Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 555
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eColor Graze MX Powercore
Features
• Highest-intensity exterior-rated linear LED luminaire in the market
• High output and beam quality thanks to holographic diffusion
technology
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior facades and structures
• Illumination of large architectural details
• Flood- and wash-lighting applications (depending on beam angle)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Beam angle of light source Luminaires type
(°)
LED-HB 10x60 BCS439
LED-HB 15x30 BCS439
LED-HB 30x60 BCS439
LED-HB 60x30 BCS439
LED-HB 9 BCS439
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 556
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eColor Graze MX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 557
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eColor Graze MX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 558
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eColor Graze QLX Powercore
Features
• Medium-intensity exterior-rated linear LED luminaire with
output comparable to first-generation product at lower power
consumption
• Consistent output and beam quality thanks to holographic diffusion
technology
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior facades and structures
• Illumination of moderate architectural details
• Signage and flood-/wash-lighting applications (depending on beam
angle)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Beam angle of light source Luminaires type
(W) (°)
LED-HB 15 10x60 BCS447
LED-HB 15 15x30 BCS447
LED-HB 15 30x60 BCS447
LED-HB 15 60x30 BCS447
LED-HB 15 9 BCS447
LED-HB 28 10x60 BCS447
LED-HB 28 15x30 BCS447
LED-HB 28 30x60 BCS447
LED-HB 28 60x30 BCS447
LED-HB 28 9 BCS447
LED-HB 42 10x60 BCS447
LED-HB 42 15x30 BCS447
LED-HB 42 30x60 BCS447
LED-HB 42 60x30 BCS447
LED-HB 42 9 BCS447
LED-HB 60 10x60 BCS447
LED-HB 60 15x30 BCS447
LED-HB 60 30x60 BCS447
LED-HB 60 60x30 BCS447
LED-HB 60 9 BCS447
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 559
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eColor Graze QLX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 560
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eColor Graze QLX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 561
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eColor Graze QLX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 562
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze EC Powercore
Features
• Soft-edged light output for volume-fill applications thanks to diffuse
cover lens
• Low power consumption is perfect for less demanding exterior
applications
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior coves
• Illumination of exterior details (porte-cochères, mullions,
balustrades, etc.)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Colour Temperature Luminaires type
(W) (lm) (K)
LED-HB 15 2,700 BCS428
LED-HB 15 5,500 BCS428
LED-HB 15 245 4,000 BCS428
LED-HB 28 2,700 BCS428
LED-HB 28 4,000 BCS428
LED-HB 28 5,500 BCS428
LED-HB 42 2,700 BCS428
LED-HB 42 4,000 BCS428
LED-HB 42 5,500 BCS428
LED-HB 60 2,700 BCS428
LED-HB 60 4,000 BCS428
LED-HB 60 5,500 BCS428
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 563
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze EC Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 564
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze EC Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 565
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze MX Powercore
Features
• Highest-intensity exterior-rated linear LED luminaire in the market
• High output and beam quality thanks to holographic diffusion
technology
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior facades and structures
• Illumination of large architectural details
• Flood- and wash-lighting applications (depending on beam angle)
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 566
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze MX Powercore
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Temperature Beam angle of light source Luminaires type
(W) (K) (°)
LED-HB 15 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 10x60 BCS419
LED-HB 15 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 15x30 BCS419
LED-HB 15 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 30x60 BCS419
12
LED-HB 15 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 60x30 BCS419
LED-HB 15 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 9 BCS419
LED-HB 28 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 10x60 BCS419
LED-HB 28 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 15x30 BCS419
LED-HB 28 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 30x60 BCS419
LED-HB 28 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 60x30 BCS419
LED-HB 28 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 9 BCS419
LED-HB 42 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 10x60 BCS419
LED-HB 42 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 15x30 BCS419
LED-HB 42 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 30x60 BCS419
LED-HB 42 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 60x30 BCS419
LED-HB 42 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 9 BCS419
LED-HB 60 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 10x60 BCS419
LED-HB 60 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 15x30 BCS419
LED-HB 60 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 30x60 BCS419
LED-HB 60 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 60x30 BCS419
LED-HB 60 2,700, 4,000, 5,500 9 BCS419
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 567
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze MX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 568
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze MX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 569
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze QLX Powercore
Features
• Medium-intensity exterior-rated linear LED luminaire with
output comparable to first-generation product at lower power
consumption
• Consistent output and beam quality thanks to holographic diffusion
technology
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior facades and structures
• Illumination of moderate architectural details
• Signage and flood-/wash-lighting applications (depending on beam
angle)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Colour Temperature Beam angle of light Luminaires type
source
(W) (lm) (K) (°)
LED-HB 15 2,700 9 BCS427
LED-HB 15 2,700 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 15 2,700 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 15 2,700 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 15 2,700 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 15 4,000 9 BCS427
LED-HB 15 4,000 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 15 4,000 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 15 4,000 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 15 4,000 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 15 5,500 9 BCS427
LED-HB 15 5,500 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 15 5,500 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 15 5,500 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 15 5,500 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 15 583 4,000 9 BCS427
LED-HB 15 583 4,000 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 15 583 4,000 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 15 583 4,000 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 28 2,700 9 BCS427
LED-HB 28 2,700 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 28 2,700 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 28 2,700 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 28 2,700 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 28 4,000 9 BCS427
LED-HB 28 4,000 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 28 4,000 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 28 4,000 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 28 4,000 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 28 5,500 9 BCS427
LED-HB 28 5,500 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 28 5,500 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 28 5,500 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 28 5,500 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 42 2,700 9 BCS427
LED-HB 42 2,700 10x60 BCS427
More data see next page
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 570
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze QLX Powercore
(continued)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Colour Temperature Beam angle of light Luminaires type
source
(W) (lm) (K) (°)
LED-HB 42 2,700 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 42 2,700 30x60 BCS427 12
LED-HB 42 2,700 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 42 4,000 9 BCS427
LED-HB 42 4,000 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 42 4,000 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 42 4,000 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 42 4,000 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 42 5,500 9 BCS427
LED-HB 42 5,500 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 42 5,500 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 42 5,500 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 42 5,500 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 60 2,700 9 BCS427
LED-HB 60 2,700 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 60 2,700 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 60 2,700 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 60 2,700 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 60 4,000 9 BCS427
LED-HB 60 4,000 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 60 4,000 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 60 4,000 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 60 4,000 60x30 BCS427
LED-HB 60 5,500 9 BCS427
LED-HB 60 5,500 10x60 BCS427
LED-HB 60 5,500 15x30 BCS427
LED-HB 60 5,500 30x60 BCS427
LED-HB 60 5,500 60x30 BCS427
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 571
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze QLX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 572
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > eW Graze QLX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 573
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > iW Graze EC Powercore
Features
• Soft-edged light output for volume-fill applications thanks to diffuse
cover lens
• Low power consumption is perfect for less demanding exterior
applications
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior coves
• Illumination of exterior details (porte-cochères, mullions,
balustrades, etc.)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Luminaires type
(K)
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 BCS438
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 574
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > iW Graze EC Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 575
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > iW Graze EC Powercore
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 576
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > iW Graze MX Powercore
Features
• Highest-intensity exterior-rated linear LED luminaire in the market
• High output and beam quality thanks to holographic diffusion
technology
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior facades and structures
• Illumination of large architectural details
• Flood- and wash-lighting applications (depending on beam angle)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Beam angle of light source Luminaires type
(K) (°)
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 10x60 BCS429
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 15x30 BCS429
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 30x60 BCS429
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 60x30 BCS429
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 9 BCS429
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 577
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > iW Graze MX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 578
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > iW Graze MX Powercore
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 579
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > iW Graze QLX Powercore
Features
• Medium-intensity exterior-rated linear LED luminaire with
output comparable to first-generation product at lower power
consumption
• Consistent output and beam quality thanks to holographic diffusion
technology
• Unparalleled control via adjustable dimming curves and transition
speeds
• Superior output matching from fixture to fixture thanks to Optibin
and Chromasync technologies
Applications
• Illumination of exterior facades and structures
• Illumination of moderate architectural details
• Signage and flood-/wash-lighting applications (depending on beam
angle)
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Beam angle of light source Luminaires type
(K) (°)
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 10x60 BCS437
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 15x30 BCS437
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 30x60 BCS437
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 60x30 BCS437
LED-HB 2700-6, 500 9 BCS437
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 580
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > iW Graze QLX Powercore
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 581
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > iW Graze QLX Powercore
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 582
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > LEDline2 BBS713/716
Benefits
• High-performance linear grazing light to create colour-changing
effects and seamless ’curtains’ of light 12
• New white colour variations from cool to warm white are ideal for
enhancing buildings, facades and architectural details
• Linear forms complement geometry of the architecture and
transform light into objects
Features
• High-performance linear grazing light to create colour-changing
effects and seamless ’curtains’ of light
• New white colour variations from cool to warm white are ideal for
enhancing buildings, facades and architectural details
• Linear forms complement geometry of the architecture and
transform light into objects
Applications
• Architectural
• Outdoor
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 583
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > LEDline2 BBS713/716
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
LED-LP Black 6, 30, 60 BBS713, BBS716
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-LP’ = LED Low Power
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’6’ = Narrow beam angle 6°, ’30’ = Medium beam angle 30º, ’60’ = Wide beam angle 60°
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 584
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > LEDline2 BCS710/713/716/719/722
Benefits
• High-performance linear grazing light to create colour-changing
effects and seamless ’curtains’ of light 12
• New white colour variations from cool to warm white are ideal for
enhancing buildings, facades and architectural details
• Linear forms complement geometry of the architecture and
transform light into objects
Features
• High-performance linear grazing light to create colour-changing
effects and seamless ’curtains’ of light
• New white colour variations from cool to warm white are ideal for
enhancing buildings, facades and architectural details
• Linear forms complement geometry of the architecture and
transform light into objects
Applications
• Architectural outdoor
• Floodlighting
• Wallwashing
• Grazing
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 585
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > LEDline2 BCS710/713/716/719/722
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
LED-LP Aluminium 6, 30, 60, 60C BCS710, BCS713, BCS716, BCS719, BCS722
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-LP’ = LED Low Power
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’6’ = Narrow beam angle 6°, ’30’ = Medium beam angle 30º, ’60C’ = Wide beam angle 60° crosswise, ’60’ = Wide beam angle 60°
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 586
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > LEDline2 BCS710/713/716/719/722
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 587
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > LEDline2 BCS710/713/716/719/722
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 588
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > LEDline2 BCS710/713/716/719/722
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 589
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > LEDline2 BCS710/713/716/719/722
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 590
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > LEDline2 BCS710/713/716/719/722
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 591
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Linear lighting > LEDline2 BCS710/713/716/719/722
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 592
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > ArchiPoint iColor
Features
• Outputs over 7,000 nits of intelligent colour light, perfect for large-
scale video, dynamic effects, and other direct-view applications
• Weatherproof, low-profile housing
• Clear flat lens for brilliant illumination and path lighting
• Translucent dome lens for direct-view applications, providing an
exceptional viewing angle of 180° and uniform colour mixing
• Multiple mounting base options
Applications
• Architectural
• Retail
• Entertainment
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
System Power Colour Luminaires type
(W)
25 Silver BCP780
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 593
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > ArchiPoint iColor
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 594
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > eW Accent MX Powercore
Features
• Available in 60 cm and 120 cm version
• Available in warm 2,700 K and cool 4,000 K versions
• Light output of 545 lumens (4,000 K, 1,2 m fixture)
• Wide viewing angle of 220˚
• Integrated Powercore and Ethernet technology
Applications
• Architectural accent and effect lighting
• Entertainment applications
• Large scale video displays for black and white video
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 595
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > eW Flex SLX
Features
• Flexible strand of individually addressable LED nodes; each node
produces white light output of up to 6 candela full-on
• Range of colour temperatures – warm 2,700 K and cool 4,200 K as
standard; 6,500 K available as a special
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX or Ethernet controllers
• Multiple lens options: clear flat and translucent dome lenses as
standard; semi-frosted flat and dome lenses also available; marquee
lenses optional
• Standard and custom lengths and node spacing
Applications
• Architectural accent and perimeter lighting
• Alcove lighting
• Signage
• Low-resolution video displays
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
LED-MD 50 White 115, 280 BGC480
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-MD’ = LED Multi-die
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’115’ = Very wide beam angle 115°, ’280’ = Very wide beam angle 280°
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 596
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > eW Flex SLX
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 597
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > iColor Accent MX Powercore
Features
• Available in 60 cm and 120 cm version
• Full colour output with good quality white
• Light output of over 327 lumens for a 1,200 mm fixture
• Wide viewing angle of 220˚
• Integrated Powercore and Ethernet technology
Applications
• Architectural accent and effect lighting
• Entertainment applications
• Large scale video displays
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 598
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > iColor Accent MX Powercore
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Lamp Beam angle of light Luminaires type
source
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (°)
LED-LP 20 164 9 220 BCP495
LED-LP 40 327 9 220 BCP495 12
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-LP’ = LED Low Power
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 599
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > iColor Flex MX gen2
Features
• Superior light output – each iColor Flex MX gen2 node produces
light output of up to 2.6 candela (full on)
• Multiple lens options – clear dome and translucent domes are
standard
• Adaptable mounting – strands can be mounted directly to a surface
like traditional string lights
• Industry-leading controls – works seamlessly with the complete
Philips line of controllers, including Video System Manager
Pro, Light System Manager, and iPlayer 3, as well as third-party
controllers
Applications
• RGB direct-view effect lighting
• Low-resolution video display
• RGB low-profile outdoor cove/accent lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Luminous Efficacy Lamp Colour Luminaires type
(lm/W)
LED-MD 10.1 Black, White BGC494
LED-MD 15.9 Black, White BGC494
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-MD’ = LED Multi-die
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 600
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > iColor Flex MX gen2
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 601
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > iColor Flex MX gen2
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 602
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > iColor Flex LMX gen2
Features
• Superior light output – each iColor Flex LMX gen2 node produces
light output of up to 11 candela (full on)
• Multiple lens options – clear flat and translucent dome lenses are
standard
• Adaptable mounting – strands can be mounted directly to a surface
like traditional string lights
• Industry-leading controls – works seamlessly with the complete
Philips line of controllers, including Video System Manager
Pro, Light System Manager, and iPlayer 3, as well as third-party
controllers
Applications
• RGB direct-view effect lighting
• Low-resolution video display
• RGB low-profile outdoor cove/accent lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Lamp Colour Luminaires type
(lm) (lm/W)
LED-MD 13 13 Black, White BGC495
LED-MD 30 30 Black, White BGC495
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-MD’ = LED Multi-die
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 603
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > iColor Flex LMX gen2
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 604
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Direct View lighting > iColor Flex LMX gen2
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 605
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Markers inground and underwater > AmazonLED2
Benefits
• Robustness
• Design 12
• Soft, non-glaring light for guidance
Features
• Available in warm white and blue
• 230 V (class II) and 24 V (class III)
• Power supply included for the 230 V version
• Easy retrofit in former AmazonLED fittings
Applications
• Ground, wall- and ceiling recessed guidance
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Beam angle of Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering light source
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra ) (°)
LED-HB 0.4 5 1.1 >80 Inox 114 BBC201
LED-HB 0.4 7 5.2 3,000 >80 Inox 114 BBC201
LED-HB 1.4 5 1.1 >80 Inox 114 BBC200
LED-HB 1.4 7 5.2 3,000 >80 Inox 114 BBC200
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 606
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Markers inground and underwater > AmazonLED2
12
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 607
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Markers inground and underwater > C-Splash 2
Features
• Long-life LEDs delivering RGB colours and light output of over 500
lumens
• IP68-rated: also able to withstand water treated with bromine or
chlorine
• 10° clear glass lens for extended light projection and 22° frosted
tempered glass lens for a soft-edge beam
• Locking base and pivot allows vertical and horizontal rotation
through full 360°
• Works with complete Philips line of controllers, as well as
third-party DMX controllers
Applications
• Water-based applications
• Harsh environments
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 608
Outdoor Luminaires > Architectural floodlighting > Markers inground and underwater > C-Splash 2
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Efficacy Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Lamp
(W) (lm) (lm/W)
LED-HB 31.3 515 23.3 Brass 22 BCP468
LED-HB 31.3 583 23.3 Brass 10 BCP468 12
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’LED-HB’ = LED High Brightness
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’10’ = Narrow beam angle 10°, ’22’ = Medium beam angle 22º
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 609
Sports and Area floodlighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 610
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting
13
High Power
High Power GearUnits
GearUnits 613 ArenaVision MVF403
ArenaVision MVF403 616 ArenaVision MVF404
ArenaVision MVF404 618
ClearFlood
ClearFlood 621 Mini 300
Mini 300 LED
LED gen2
gen2 623 OptiVision MVP507
OptiVision MVP507 625 Mini 300
Mini 300 Stealth
Stealth LED
LED BGP333
BGP333 627
Mini 300
Mini 300 Stealth
Stealth LED
LED BVP333
BVP333 629 Mini 300
Mini 300 Stealth
Stealth LED
LED BWP333
BWP333 631 Mini 300
Mini 300 Stealth
Stealth DWP333
DWP333 633 Mini 300
Mini 300 Stealth
Stealth DGP333
DGP333 636
Mini 300
Mini 300 Stealth
Stealth DVP333
DVP333 639 Mini 300
Mini 300 Cube
Cube DBP300
DBP300 642 Mini 300
Mini 300 Cube
Cube DCP300
DCP300 644 Mini 300
Mini 300 Cube
Cube DGP300
DGP300 646
OptiFlood í Tempo í
OptiFlood Mini
OptiFlood Mini MVP504
MVP504 648 OptiFlood MVP506
OptiFlood MVP506 651 Tempo 11 RVP151
Tempo RVP151 654 Tempo 33 RVP351
Tempo RVP351 656
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 611
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting
Security lighting
13
FGC/SGS/XGC113
FGC/SGS/XGC113 658
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 612
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > High-end sports floodlighting > High Power GearUnits
Benefits
• Indoor use, to be installed inside electrical cabinet
• Ready for mains connection, only cabling needs to be installed
between gear unit and luminaire
• Ambient temperature: min. -30 °C / max. 55 °C
• Maximum distance in between electronic ballast GearUnits and
floodlight is 150 m for MHN-LA 1,000 W and 180 m for MHN-SE
HO 2,000 W lamp versions
13
Features
• Sufficiently high power factor
• Available in IP20 and IP65 versions
• Suitable for 2,000, 1,000, 600 and 2x400/600 W lamps in Philips
floodlights
• Flicker-free light with electronic-ballast version for super-slow-
motion cameras
Applications
• IP20 version: indoor, inside cabinets only
• IP65 version: for outdoor use
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power System Power Colour Luminaires type
(W) (W)
HPI-T 1,000 1,051 Silver ECB330, ECP330
HPI-T 2,000 2,059 Silver ECB330, ECP330
HPI-TP 400 986 Silver ECB330, ECP330
MHN-FC 1,000 1,110 Silver ECB330, ECP330
MHN-FC 2,000 2,158 Silver ECB330, ECP330
MHN-LA 1,000 1,110 Silver ECB330, ECP330
MHN-LA 2,000 2,166 Silver ECB330, ECP330
MHN-SA 2,000 Silver ECB330
MHN-SE 2,000 2,120 Silver ECB330, ECP330
SON-T 600 642 Silver ECB330, ECP330
SON-T 400 878 Silver ECB330, ECP330
SON-T 1,000 1,075 Silver ECB330, ECP330
SON-T 600 1,284 Silver ECB330, ECP330
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’HPI-T’ = HPI-T High Wattage, ’HPI-TP’ = MASTER HPI-T Plus, ’MHN-FC’ = MASTER MHN-FC, ’MHN-LA’ = MASTER MHN-LA,
’MHN-SA’ = MASTER MHN-SA, ’MHN-SE’ = MASTER MHN-SE, ’SON-T’ = SON-T
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 613
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > High-end sports floodlighting > High Power GearUnits
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 614
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > High-end sports floodlighting > High Power GearUnits
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 615
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > High-end sports floodlighting > ArenaVision > ArenaVision MVF403
Benefits
• Innovative floodlights designed around Philips’ world-class double-
ended lamps; dedicated optics ensure maximum optical efficiency
and enable accurate light distribution with a minimum of spill light
• Philips quartz metal-halide lamps meet the most demanding lighting
and TV broadcast requirements with excellent colour rendering
• The flicker-free version completely eliminates flicker effect, thereby
guaranteeing perfect images filmed with super-slow-motion
cameras 13
Features
• High-output double-ended metal-halide lamps with excellent colour
rendering and lifetime
• Dedicated precision optics
• Safety switch
• Electronic hot-restrike
• Complete Philips lamp, optic and gear system
• Flicker-free light version for super-slow-motion cameras
Applications
• Outdoor sport stadiums
• Indoor sport halls
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 616
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > High-end sports floodlighting > ArenaVision > ArenaVision MVF403
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Temperature
(W) (K)
MHN-LA 1,000 5,600 CAT-A1, CAT-A2, CAT-A3, CAT-A4, CAT-A5, CAT-A6, CAT-A7, CAT-A8 MVF403
MHN-SA 2,000 5,600 CAT-A1, CAT-A2, CAT-A3, CAT-A4, CAT-A5, CAT-A6, CAT-A7 MVF403
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’MHN-LA’ = MASTER MHN-LA, ’MHN-SA’ = MASTER MHN-SA
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’CAT-A1’ = Beam category A1, ’CAT-A2’ = Beam category A2, ’CAT-A3’ = Beam category A3, ’CAT-A4’ = Beam category A4,
’CAT-A5’ = Beam category A5, ’CAT-A6’ = Beam category A6, ’CAT-A7’ = Beam category A7, ’CAT-A8’ = Beam category A8
13
Product sample > MVF403 MHN-LA1000W/956 A1 HRE
MVF403 • MASTER MHN-LA • 1,000 W • Beam category A1
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 617
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > High-end sports floodlighting > ArenaVision > ArenaVision MVF404
Benefits
• Innovative floodlight with Philips’ compact single-ended lamp;
dedicated optics ensure maximum optical efficiency and enable
accurate light distribution with a minimum of spill light
• Quartz metal halide lamp meets the most demanding lighting and
TV broadcast requirements with excellent colour rendering
• The flicker-free version completely eliminates flicker effect, thereby
guaranteeing perfect images filmed with super-slow-motion
cameras 13
Features
• High-output compact single-ended metal-halide lamp with excellent
colour rendering
• Dedicated precision optics
• IP65
• Safety knife connector system
• Electronic hot-restrike
• Flicker-free light version for super-slow-motion cameras
Applications
• Outdoor sport stadiums
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 618
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > High-end sports floodlighting > ArenaVision > ArenaVision MVF404
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Temperature Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W) (K)
MHN-SEH 2,000 5,600 B1, B2, B3, B4, B5, B6, B7, B8 MVF404
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’MHN-SEH’ = MASTER MHN-SE High Output
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’B1’ = Beam category B1, ’B2’ = Beam category B2, ’B3’ = Beam category B3, ’B4’ = Beam category B4, ’B5’ = Beam category B5,
’B6’ = Beam category B6, ’B7’ = Beam category B7, ’B8’ = Beam category B8
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 619
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > High-end sports floodlighting > ArenaVision > ArenaVision MVF404
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 620
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > ClearFlood
Benefits
• Point-to-point replacement for TLD, with significant energy savings
and a short return on investment
• Slim LED design giving unobtrusive profile and simple installation
• Constant Light Output option for added energy savings
Features
• Variable lumen packages in one body size
• Instant light, long lifetime, no maintenance 13
• High LED and optical efficiency
• 100% Philips components
Applications
• Small-scale recreational sports facilities
• Industrial areas
• Parking areas
• Building facades
• Billboards
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ECO 50 5,400 108 4,000 75 Aluminium A BVP650
ECO 50 5,460 109 4,000 75 Aluminium S BVP650
ECO 104 10,800 104 4,000 75 Aluminium A BVP650
ECO 104 10,920 105 4,000 75 Aluminium S BVP650
ECO 147 14,560 99 4,000 75 Aluminium S BVP650
ECO 170 16,200 95 4,000 75 Aluminium A BVP650
ECO 170 16,380 96 4,000 75 Aluminium S BVP650
ECO 216 21,600 100 4,000 75 Aluminium A BVP650
ECO 216 21,840 101 4,000 75 Aluminium S BVP650
ECO 241 23,400 97 4,000 75 Aluminium A BVP650
ECO 241 23,660 98 4,000 75 Aluminium S BVP650
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO’ = LED EconomyLine
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’S’ = Symmetrical
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 621
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > ClearFlood
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 622
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 LED gen2
Features 13
• Wireless management via Bluetooth from Smartphone or laptop
• Easy to install to both new and retrofit into existing installations
• Option of built-in controls for maximum energy savings
• Recessed, surface mounted and floodlight mounting available
• Suspension mounting kit available
Applications
• Petrol and service stations
• Floodlighting
• Warehouses, DIY stores, production halls
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Colour Colour Rendering Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Temperature Index
(W) (K) (Ra )
ECO151 132 5,700 68 White A, PRM, PRW, S BBP400, BCS400, BVS400
GRN94 77 5,700 68 White A, PRM, PRW, S BBP400, BCS400, BVS400
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO151’ = LED EconomyLine 15,100 lm, ’GRN94’ = LED GreenLine 9,400 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’PRM’ = Petrol rotational symmetric medium, ’PRW’ = Petrol rotational symmetric wide, ’S’ = Symmetrical
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 623
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 LED gen2
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 624
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > OptiVision MVP507
Benefits
• Asymmetrical downlighting luminaire combines compact
dimensions with high efficiency
• Available with narrow, medium and wide beams for flexibility in use;
sharp beam cut-off for excellent control of spill light and limitation
of glare and upward light leakage
Features
• Compact dimensions 13
• High efficiency
• Can be used with metal-halide lamps or high-pressure sodium
lamps
• Choice of narrow, medium and wide beams
Applications
• Sports facilities
• Industrial areas
• Car parks
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 625
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > OptiVision MVP507
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
MHN-FC 1,000 Aluminium MB, NB, WB MVP507
MHN-FC 2,000 Aluminium MB, NB, WB MVP507
MHN-LA 2,000 Aluminium MB, NB, WB MVP507
SON-T 1,000 Aluminium WB MVP507
SON-TP 600 Aluminium WB MVP507
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’MHN-FC’ = MASTER MHN-FC, ’MHN-LA’ = MASTER MHN-LA, ’SON-T’ = SON-T, ’SON-TP’ = MASTER SON-T PIA
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’MB’ = Medium beam, ’NB’ = Narrow beam, ’WB’ = Wide beam
13
Product sample > MVP507 MHN-FC1000W/740 230V MB SI
MVP507 • MASTER MHN-FC • 1,000 W • Medium beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 626
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth LED > Mini 300 Stealth LED
BGP333
Benefits
• Upgradable best-in-class optics for maximum flexibility
• Highly efficient for substantial energy savings; optional integrated
controls allow additional savings
• Elegant design guarantees optimum visual integration in the
application
Features
• Latest LED technology on board 13
• LEDGine area optics
• Future-proof – easy to incorporate LED upgrades
• Integrated controls optional
Applications
• Car parks
• Shopping and pedestrian areas
• Industrial and security areas
• Perimeters
• Indoor public spaces
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ECO121 109 10,362 95 5,700 68 Silver A, DM, S BGP333
ECO151 133 12,755 96 5,700 68 Silver A, DM, S BGP333
ECO75 63 6,286 99 5,700 68 Silver A, DM, S BGP333
GRN49 43 4,170 96 4,000 76 Silver A, DM, S BGP333
GRN78 74 6,914 94 4,000 76 Silver A, DM, S BGP333, BWP333
GRN98 84 8,532 101 4,000 76 Silver A, DM, S BGP333
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO121’ = LED EconomyLine 12,100 lm, ’ECO151’ = LED EconomyLine 15,100 lm, ’ECO75’ = LED EconomyLine 7,500 lm,
’GRN49’ = LED GreenLine 4,900 lm, ’GRN78’ = LED GreenLine 7,800 lm, ’GRN98’ = LED GreenLine 9,800 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’DM’ = Distribution medium, ’S’ = Symmetrical
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 627
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth LED > Mini 300 Stealth LED
BGP333
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 628
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth LED > Mini 300 Stealth LED
BVP333
Benefits
• Upgradable best-in-class optics for maximum flexibility
• Highly efficient for substantial energy savings; optional integrated
controls allow additional savings
• Elegant design guarantees optimum visual integration in the
application
Features
• Latest LED technology on board 13
• LEDGine area optics
• Future-proof – easy to incorporate LED upgrades
• Integrated controls optional
Applications
• Car parks
• Shopping and pedestrian areas
• Industrial and security areas
• Perimeters
• Indoor public spaces
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ECO121 109 10,362 95 5,700 68 Silver A, DM, S BVP333
ECO151 133 12,755 96 5,700 68 Silver A, DM, S BVP333
ECO75 63 6,286 99 5,700 68 Silver A, DM, S BVP333
GRN49 43 4,170 96 4,000 76 Silver A, DM, S BVP333
GRN78 74 6,914 94 4,000 76 Silver A, DM, S BVP333
GRN98 84 8,532 101 4,000 76 Silver A, DM, S BVP333
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO121’ = LED EconomyLine 12,100 lm, ’ECO151’ = LED EconomyLine 15,100 lm, ’ECO75’ = LED EconomyLine 7,500 lm,
’GRN49’ = LED GreenLine 4,900 lm, ’GRN78’ = LED GreenLine 7,800 lm, ’GRN98’ = LED GreenLine 9,800 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’DM’ = Distribution medium, ’S’ = Symmetrical
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 629
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth LED > Mini 300 Stealth LED
BVP333
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 630
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth LED > Mini 300 Stealth LED
BWP333
Benefits
• Upgradable best-in-class optics for maximum flexibility
• Highly efficient for substantial energy savings; optional integrated
controls allow additional savings
• Elegant design guarantees optimum visual integration in the
application
Features
• Latest LED technology on board 13
• LEDGine area optics
• Future-proof – easy to incorporate LED upgrades
• Integrated controls optional
Applications
• Car parks
• Shopping and pedestrian areas
• Industrial and security areas
• Perimeters
• Indoor public spaces
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 System Power Luminous Flux Luminous Colour Colour Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
Efficacy Lamp Temperature Rendering
Index
(W) (lm) (lm/W) (K) (Ra )
ECO121 109 10,362 95 5,700 68 Silver A, DM, S BWP333
ECO151 133 12,755 96 5,700 68 Silver A, DM, S BWP333
ECO75 63 6,286 99 5,700 68 Silver A, DM, S BWP333
GRN49 43 4,170 96 4,000 76 Silver A, DM, S BWP333
GRN78 74 6,914 94 4,000 76 Silver A, DM, S BWP333
GRN98 84 8,532 101 4,000 76 Silver A, DM, S BWP333
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO121’ = LED EconomyLine 12,100 lm, ’ECO151’ = LED EconomyLine 15,100 lm, ’ECO75’ = LED EconomyLine 7,500 lm,
’GRN49’ = LED GreenLine 4,900 lm, ’GRN78’ = LED GreenLine 7,800 lm, ’GRN98’ = LED GreenLine 9,800 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’DM’ = Distribution medium, ’S’ = Symmetrical
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 631
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth LED > Mini 300 Stealth LED
BWP333
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 632
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth > Mini 300 Stealth DWP333
Benefits
• High visual power with a range of extremely efficient luminaires
that can be used to illuminate large areas with direct and/or
indirect light
• High light output ratio thanks to patented white reflector coating
for up to 35% higher energy efficiency than conventional systems
• Asymmetrical, wide-, medium- or narrow-beam reflector; also
available with POT road lighting optic for perimeter, parking and
open area lighting 13
• Indoor and outdoor applications
Features
• Choice of HID or LED light sources
• Patented louvre system
• Suitable for pole mounting, wall mounting or floodlighting
• Swimming pool version available
Applications
• Urban and public areas
• Parking areas
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 633
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth > Mini 300 Stealth DWP333
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light Lamp power Gear2 Colour Optic type3 Luminaires type
sources
(piece) (W)
CDM-T 1 70 CONV Silver OR DWP333
CDM-TD 1 70 CONV Silver A-MB DWP333
CDM-TD 1 150 CONV Silver, White A-MB, A-NB, A-WB DWP333
CDM-TMW 1 210 EB Silver A-MB DWP333
CPO-TW 1 60 EB Silver OR DWP333
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD, ’CDM-TMW’ = MASTERColour CDM-T Elite MW,
’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’CONV’ = Conventional, ’EB’ = Electronic
13
3
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A-MB’ = Asymmetrical medium beam, ’A-NB’ = Asymmetrical narrow beam, ’A-WB’ = Asymmetrical wide beam, ’OR’ = Open CT-POT
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 634
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth > Mini 300 Stealth DWP333
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 635
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth > Mini 300 Stealth DGP333
Benefits
• High visual power with a range of extremely efficient luminaires
that can be used to illuminate large areas with direct and/or
indirect light
• High light output ratio thanks to patented white reflector coating
for up to 35% higher energy efficiency than conventional systems
• Asymmetrical, wide-, medium- or narrow-beam reflector; also
available with POT road lighting optic for perimeter, parking and
open area lighting 13
• Indoor and outdoor applications
Features
• Choice of HID or LED light sources
• Patented louvre system
• Suitable for pole mounting, wall mounting or floodlighting
• Swimming pool version available
Applications
• Urban and public areas
• Parking areas
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 636
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth > Mini 300 Stealth DGP333
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-T 150 Silver OR DGP333
CDM-T 250 Silver A-MB, A-NB DGP333
CDM-TD 70 Silver A-MB, A-WB DGP333
CDM-TD 150 Silver A-NB, A-WB DGP333
CDM-TMW 210 Silver A-MB, A-NB DGP333
CPO-TW 60 Silver OR DGP333
CPO-TW 90 Silver OR DGP333
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD, ’CDM-TMW’ = MASTERColour CDM-T Elite MW, 13
’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A-MB’ = Asymmetrical medium beam, ’A-NB’ = Asymmetrical narrow beam, ’A-WB’ = Asymmetrical wide beam, ’OR’ = Open CT-POT
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 637
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth > Mini 300 Stealth DGP333
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 638
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth > Mini 300 Stealth DVP333
Benefits
• High visual power with a range of extremely efficient luminaires
that can be used to illuminate large areas with direct and/or
indirect light
• High light output ratio thanks to patented white reflector coating
for up to 35% higher energy efficiency than conventional systems
• Asymmetrical, wide-, medium- or narrow-beam reflector; also
available with POT road lighting optic for perimeter, parking and
open area lighting 13
• Indoor and outdoor applications
Features
• Choice of HID or LED light sources
• Patented louvre system
• Suitable for pole mounting, wall mounting or floodlighting
• Swimming pool version available
Applications
• Urban and public areas
• Shopping malls
• Transportation hubs
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 639
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth > Mini 300 Stealth DVP333
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-T 70 Silver OR DVP333
CDM-T 150 Silver OR DVP333
CDM-T 250 Silver A-NB DVP333
CDM-TD 70 Silver A-WB DVP333
CDM-TD 150 Silver A-MB, A-WB DVP333
CDM-TMW 210 Silver A-MB, A-NB DVP333
CPO-TW 60 Silver OR DVP333
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD, ’CDM-TMW’ = MASTERColour CDM-T Elite MW, 13
’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A-MB’ = Asymmetrical medium beam, ’A-NB’ = Asymmetrical narrow beam, ’A-WB’ = Asymmetrical wide beam, ’OR’ = Open CT-POT
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 640
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Stealth > Mini 300 Stealth DVP333
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 641
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Cube > Mini 300 Cube DBP300
Benefits
• Creates a daylight impression with an extremely efficient low-glare
luminaire specially designed for downlighting in canopies
• Uniform light distribution with asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
for outstanding illuminance in industrial and retail environments
• Inviting atmosphere thanks to CDM-TD lamp with excellent colour
rendering and white-coated reflector
Features 13
• CDM-TD lamp
• White-coated reflector
• Asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
• CRI 96
• Versions for recessed, surface and post/wall mounting
Applications
• Service stations, areas with overhead canopies
• Public areas
• Retail
• Industry
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 642
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Cube > Mini 300 Cube DBP300
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light Lamp power Gear2 Colour Optic type3 Luminaires type
sources
(piece) (W)
CDM-T 1 250 CONV White A-MB, S-WB DBP300
CDM-TD 1 70 CONV White S-WB DBP300
CDM-TD 1 150 CONV White A-WB, S-WB, S-WB-BD DBP300
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’CONV’ = Conventional
3
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A-MB’ = Asymmetrical medium beam, ’A-WB’ = Asymmetrical wide beam, ’S-WB’ = Symmetrical wide beam,
’S-WB-BD’ = Symmetrical wide beam bi-directional
13
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 643
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Cube > Mini 300 Cube DCP300
Benefits
• Creates a daylight impression with an extremely efficient low-glare
luminaire specially designed for downlighting in canopies
• Uniform light distribution with asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
for outstanding illuminance in industrial and retail environments
• Inviting atmosphere thanks to CDM-TD lamp with excellent colour
rendering and white-coated reflector
Features 13
• CDM-TD lamp
• White-coated reflector
• Asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
• CRI 96
• Versions for recessed, surface and post/wall mounting
Applications
• Service stations, areas with overhead canopies
• Public areas
• Retail
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 644
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Cube > Mini 300 Cube DCP300
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light sources Lamp power Gear2 Colour Optic type3 Luminaires type
(piece) (W)
CDM-T 1 250 CONV White A-MB, S-WB DCP300
CDM-TD 1 150 CONV White A-MB, A-WB DCP300
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’CONV’ = Conventional
3
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A-MB’ = Asymmetrical medium beam, ’A-WB’ = Asymmetrical wide beam, ’S-WB’ = Symmetrical wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 645
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Cube > Mini 300 Cube DGP300
Benefits
• Creates a daylight impression with an extremely efficient low-glare
luminaire specially designed for downlighting in canopies
• Uniform light distribution with asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
for outstanding illuminance in industrial and retail environments
• Inviting atmosphere thanks to CDM-TD lamp with excellent colour
rendering and white-coated reflector
Features 13
• CDM-TD lamp
• White-coated reflector
• Asymmetrical or bi-directional beam
• CRI 96
• Versions for recessed, surface and post/wall mounting
Applications
• Service stations
• Public areas
• Car parks
• Security lighting
• Shopping malls
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 646
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Mini 300 Cube > Mini 300 Cube DGP300
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Number of light Lamp power Gear2 Colour Optic type3 Luminaires type
sources
(piece) (W)
CDM-TD 1 150 CONV Silver A-MB, A-NB, A-WB DGP300
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD
2
’Gear’ value abbreviations: ’CONV’ = Conventional
3
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A-MB’ = Asymmetrical medium beam, ’A-NB’ = Asymmetrical narrow beam, ’A-WB’ = Asymmetrical wide beam
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 647
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > OptiFlood > OptiFlood Mini MVP504
Benefits
• Asymmetrical floodlighting systems for general area lighting as well
as security and industrial area lighting
• Best-in-class optical system for accurately controlled light
distribution to prevent uncontrolled stray and spill light
• Compact shape and pleasing design allows OptiFlood to be used
in settings where design and appearance are just as important as
technical performance
13
Features
• Two types of reflector – asymmetric or road-lighting POT optics
• Can accommodate CosmoPolis metal-halide lamps, high-pressure
sodium lamps, and MASTERColour CDM Elite MW lamps
• Also available in a LED version
• Two body sizes
Applications
• General area lighting
• Car parks
• Architectural floodlighting
• Sports lighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 648
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > OptiFlood > OptiFlood Mini MVP504
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-T 70 Grey TP-S MVP504
CDM-TD 70 Grey A MVP504
CDM-TD 150 Grey A MVP504
CDO-TT 70 Grey A MVP504
CPO-TW 45 Grey A, OC MVP504
CPO-TW 60 Grey A, OC MVP504
CPO-TW 90 Grey A, OC MVP504
CPO-TW 140 Grey A MVP504
SON-TPP 50 Grey A MVP504 13
SON-TPP 70 Grey A MVP504
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-T’ = MASTERColour CDM-T, ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD, ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT,
’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White, ’SON-TPP’ = SON-T PIA Plus
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’OC’ = Optic for CosmoPolis lamp, ’TP-S’ = Open T-POT small
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 649
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > OptiFlood > OptiFlood Mini MVP504
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 650
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > OptiFlood > OptiFlood MVP506
Benefits
• Asymmetrical floodlighting systems for general area lighting as well
as security and industrial area lighting
• Best-in-class optical system for accurately controlled light
distribution to prevent uncontrolled stray and spill light
• Compact shape and pleasing design allows OptiFlood to be used
in settings where design and appearance are just as important as
technical performance
13
Features
• Two types of reflector – asymmetric or road-lighting POT optics
• Can accommodate CosmoPolis metal-halide lamps, high-pressure
sodium lamps, and MASTERColour CDM Elite MW lamps
• Also available in a LED version
• Two body sizes
Applications
• General area lighting
• Car parks
• Architectural floodlighting
• Sports lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
Aluminium A MVP506
CDM-TMW 210 Aluminium, Grey A, OR MVP506
CDM-TMW 315 Aluminium, Grey A, OR MVP506
CDO-TT 150 Grey OR MVP506
CDO-TT 250 Grey OR MVP506
CPO-TW 60 Aluminium, Grey OC MVP506
CPO-TW 140 Grey OC MVP506
SON-TPP 150 Aluminium, Grey A, OR MVP506
SON-TPP 250 Aluminium, Grey A, OR MVP506
SON-TPP 400 Aluminium, Grey A MVP506
SON-TPP 600 Grey A MVP506
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TMW’ = MASTERColour CDM-T Elite MW, ’CDO-TT’ = MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT, ’CPO-TW’ = MASTER CosmoPolis White,
’SON-TPP’ = SON-T PIA Plus
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’OC’ = Optic for CosmoPolis lamp, ’OR’ = Open CT-POT
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 651
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > OptiFlood > OptiFlood MVP506
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 652
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > OptiFlood > OptiFlood MVP506
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 653
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Tempo > Tempo 1 RVP151
Benefits
• Wide choice of lamp types and symmetrical or asymmetrical
reflectors for highly efficient beam distribution
• Ideal for a variety of outdoor applications from architectural, facade
and billboard lighting to area and (leisure) sports lighting
• Optimal visual integration with compact housing and metallic grey
finish
Features 13
• Wide choice of lamp types
• Symmetrical and asymmetrical reflectors
• Compact housing with metallic grey finish
• Aiming device
• Hinged front glass with quick-release clips
Applications
• Area lighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 654
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Tempo > Tempo 1 RVP151
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
CDM-TD 70 A, S RVP151
SON-TPP 70 A, S RVP151
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’CDM-TD’ = MASTERColour CDM-TD, ’SON-TPP’ = SON-T PIA Plus
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’S’ = Symmetrical
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 655
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Tempo > Tempo 3 RVP351
Benefits
• Wide choice of lamp types and symmetrical or asymmetrical
reflectors for highly efficient beam distribution
• Ideal for a variety of outdoor applications from architectural, facade
and billboard lighting to area and (leisure) sports lighting
• Optimal visual integration with compact housing and metallic grey
finish
Features 13
• Wide choice of lamp types
• Symmetrical and asymmetrical reflectors
• Compact housing with metallic grey finish
• Aiming device
• Hinged front glass with quick-release clips
Applications
• Area lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Optic type2 Luminaires type
(W)
HPI-TP 250 A, S RVP351
HPI-TP 400 A, S RVP351
SON-TPP 250 A, S RVP351
SON-TPP 400 A, S RVP351
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’HPI-TP’ = MASTER HPI-T Plus, ’SON-TPP’ = SON-T PIA Plus
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’A’ = Asymmetrical, ’S’ = Symmetrical
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 656
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Area and Recreational floodlighting > Tempo > Tempo 3 RVP351
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 657
Outdoor Luminaires > Sports and Area floodlighting > Security lighting > FGC/SGS/XGC113
Benefits
• Low-energy luminaires for economical all-night security and amenity
lighting
• Excellent light control for low-level lighting of walls, corridors and
surroundings, thanks to high optical performance of mirror and
refractor bowl
• Choice of long-life lamps for low maintenance costs
Features 13
• Choice of long-life lamps
• Low energy consumption
• Mirror and refractor bowl
Applications
• Car parks
• Underpasses
• Industrial areas
• Security lighting
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Lamp power Luminaires type
(W)
PL-S/2P 11 FGC113
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’PL-S/2P’ = PL-S 2 Pin
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 658
Tunnel and Underpass lighting
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 659
Outdoor Luminaires > Tunnel and Underpass lighting
TunLite LED
TunLite LED 661
14
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 660
Outdoor Luminaires > Tunnel and Underpass lighting > TunLite LED
Features
• Efficient multi-layer optical system
• High-grade materials and finishing
• Over-dimensioned thermal and power management
• Multiple power supplies 14
• Flat glass for easy cleaning
• Quick and easy to install
Applications
• Tunnels
• Underpasses
• Covered car parks
• Public and industrial areas
Product varieties (Please contact your Philips sales representative for additional configurations, spares and accessories.)
Lamp1 Colour Temperature Colour Rendering Index Colour Optic type2 Luminaires type
(K) (Ra )
ECO113 4,000 >70 Silver DSN BCP560
ECO85 4,000 >70 Silver DSN BCP560
ECO99 4,000 >70 Silver DSN BCP560
GRN59 4,000 >70 Silver DSN BCP560
GRN68 4,000 >70 Silver DSN BCP560
GRN78 4,000 >70 Silver DSN BCP560
1
’Lamp’ value abbreviations: ’ECO113’ = LED EconomyLine 11,300 lm, ’ECO85’ = LED EconomyLine 8,500 lm, ’ECO99’ = LED EconomyLine 9,900 lm,
’GRN59’ = LED GreenLine 5,900 lm, ’GRN68’ = LED GreenLine 6,800 lm, ’GRN78’ = LED GreenLine 7,800 lm
2
’Optic type’ value abbreviations: ’DSN’ = Distribution symmetrical narrow
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 661
Outdoor Luminaires > Tunnel and Underpass lighting > TunLite LED
14
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 662
Outdoor Luminaires > Lighting Controls - get the best out of artificial light
Lighting Controls –
get the best out of artiicial light
Lighting controls play a major role in all new lighting trends. From colour-changing to
energy-saving solutions, from Light & Health to lighting as an integral part of building
automation, lighting controls are the enabler for a comprehensive project approach.
We provide solutions for TCO (total cost of ownership) applications as well as for creating
various atmospheres with lighting. The solutions we ofer range from luminaire-based
products to a networked approach for a complete building.
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 663
Outdoor Luminaires > Lighting Controls - get the best out of artificial light
Technology:
DALI, LON, DMX, RDM, TCP/IP, RF, Power Line communications are technologies
we have adopted and which are used according to the application.
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 664
Lighting controls
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 665
Lighting controls
OccuSwitch
OccuSwitch 668 OccuSwitch DALI
OccuSwitch DALI 670 OccuSwitch Wireless
OccuSwitch Wireless 672 Trios
Trios 673
Indoor Accessories
Indoor Accessories 674 LightMaster KNX
LightMaster KNX 676 Dynalite Leading
Dynalite Leading Edge
Edge Dimmers
Dimmers 681 Dynalite Trailing
Dynalite Trailing Edge
Edge Dimmers
Dimmers 684
Dynalite Multipurpose
Dynalite Multipurpose Controllers
Controllers 685 Dynalite HF
Dynalite HF Ballast
Ballast Controllers
Controllers 687 Dynalite Relay
Dynalite Relay Controllers
Controllers 689 Dynalite System
Dynalite System Integration
Integration 691
Dynalite Network
Dynalite Network Accessories
Accessories 694 Dynalite Sensors
Dynalite Sensors 695 Dynalite Time
Dynalite Time clocks
clocks 696 Dynalite Remote
Dynalite Remote Controls
Controls 697
SSL Controls í
Dynalite User
Dynalite User Interface
Interface 698 iPlayer3
iPlayer3 701 Video System
Video System Manager
Manager Pro
Pro 702 Tools &
Tools & Accessories
Accessories 703
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 666
Lighting controls
SSL Controls
SSL Controls 704 ZCX400 Power/data
ZCX400 Power/data accessories
accessories 705 IntelliPower
IntelliPower 707
VAYA
VAYA DMX
DMX Booster
Booster 708
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 667
Lighting controls > Installer Based Smart Sensors > OccuSwitch
15
OccuSwitch - a smart move
Benefits
• Energy savings of up to 30% and good pay-back
• Works with almost all lamp- and luminaire types
• Easy to install, enables even faster installation by optional Wieland
connectors.
Features
• OccuSwitch has a smart timer that will extend the delay time by 10
minutes if movement is detected shortly after switch-off, assuming
that the area is still in use but there is very little movement
• The OccuSwitch has a retractable shield that can be used to shield
off areas, e. g. corridors, adjacent to the area the OccuSwitch is
controlling
Applications
• The OccuSwitch is designed for use in offices, schools and similar
applications, including toilets, storage rooms, etc
• It is optimised for recessed ceiling mounting and for mounting
heights between 2.5 and 4 metres
• The surface box also enables surface mounting, with either
recessed wiring or surface-mounted ducts
Ø 80
Ø 95
Ordering number 871155973138499
Ø 80
Ø 95
Ordering number 871155973140799
95
Ordering number 871155973143899
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 668
Lighting controls > Installer Based Smart Sensors > OccuSwitch
15
Product sample > LCC1070/00 PIR T-CABLE 3P
67.5
26.5
500
113.5
80
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 669
Lighting controls > Installer Based Smart Sensors > OccuSwitch DALI
15
OccuSwitch DALI – a simple solution for demanding
installations
Benefits
• Energy savings of up to 55% and good TCO
• Adds comfort with local control
• Easy to use (works right out of the box) but also easy to adapt to
specific applications or user demands
Features
• Advanced occupancy control and daylight regulation with separate
window and corridor algorithms
• Retractable shield that can be used to shield off areas, e. g.
corridors, adjacent to the area the OccuSwitch DALI is controlling
• Push-button interface for the use of standard wired switches
• Energy indicator shows relative energy usage
• BMS version interacts with almost any building management system
via the DALI interface
Applications
• OccuSwitch DALI is designed for use in offices, schools (incl. board
lighting) and similar applications, including small meeting rooms,
lobbies and corridors
• It is optimised for recessed ceiling mounting and for mounting
heights of between 2.5 and 4 metres
• The surface box also allows surface mounting, with either recessed
wiring or surface-mounted ducts
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 670
Lighting controls > Installer Based Smart Sensors > OccuSwitch DALI
15
Product sample > LRH2070/00 SURFACE BOX
52 mm
2 inch
40 mm
60 mm
60 mm
Ø 95 mm
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 671
Lighting controls > Installer Based Smart Sensors > OccuSwitch Wireless
15
Benefits
• Energy savings of up to 30%. Additional savings can be obtained in
combination with ActiLume Wireless.
• Offers an easy-to-apply solution, especially for existing non-
electronic (EM) lighting systems.
• Wireless sensor can be mounted in various places and offers
maximum flexibility. The actuator is designed for any wiring system.
Features
• Smart timer extends the delay time by 5% if movement is detected
shortly after switch-off, assuming that the area is still in use but
there is very little movement.
• The ceiling sensor has a retractable shield that can be used to shield
off areas, e. g. corridors adjacent to the area in which OccuSwitch
Wireless is operating.
• There is considerable freedom in terms of where to mount the
OccuSwitch Wireless actuator to minimize installation cost and
time.
Applications
• OccuSwitch Wireless is designed for use in open-plan offices,
schools and similar applications, including toilets, storage rooms,
etc.
• The ceiling sensor is optimised for mounting heights between 2.5
and 4 metres, the corridor, corner and wall sensors for heights
between 2.1 and 2.5 metres
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 672
Lighting controls > Installer Based Systems > Trios
Benefits
• Highly versatile through the use of separate sensors and a
low-voltage sensor bus 16
• Applicable in many (larger) area’s, capable of savings huge amounts
of energy, for instance up to 70% in gymnasiums and distribution
centers
• Gives a good pay-back and TCO in larger applications
Features
• Automatically adapts to the connected sensor configuration
• Window- / corridor control (LRC1030 only)
• Inverted daylight control (LRC1030 only)
• Drives up to 150 Philips 1-10 V ballasts
Applications
• Occupancy control and daylight regulation in warehouses, assembly
areas, shops, lobbies and other large areas
• Inverted daylight control for shop windows
• Light level setting (e. g. gymnasiums and tennis halls) in combination
with occupancy control
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 673
Lighting controls > Indoor Accessories > Indoor Accessories
17
57 27
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 674
Lighting controls > Indoor Accessories > Indoor Accessories
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 675
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > LightMaster KNX
Benefits
• Energy savings of up to 55%
• Increased comfort for the building occupant
• Flexibility to keep the system up to date, now and in the future
Features
• Possibility to add sensors and switches to the DALI network: lower
installation and wiring costs Structured cabling: faster and more
reliable installation
• Control of the required lighting protocol with one device: DALI,
DSI and 1-10 V
• Low-profile aesthetics of sensor: clean ceilings
Applications
• Offices, schools, hospitals
• Industry
18
• Mixed-use facilities
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 676
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > LightMaster KNX
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 677
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > LightMaster KNX
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 678
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > LightMaster KNX
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 679
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > LightMaster KNX
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 680
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Leading Edge Dimmers
Benefits
Product Benefits
Allows lighting designers to push the boundaries of creativity
Features
Each dimmer can store over 170 scenes for unrestricted flexibility
Live editing of lighting levels
Applications
Depends on the lighting system in which the controls are used
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 681
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Leading Edge Dimmers
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 682
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Leading Edge Dimmers
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 683
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Trailing Edge Dimmers
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 684
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Multipurpose Controllers
Benefits
Product Benefits
• Controllers support distributed intelligence, i. e. each device has a
CPU with presets and can act as a stand-alone control unit
• Some devices have out-of-the-box functionality with re-
configuration capability
• Simplified network messages and commissioning process
Features
• Controllers can directly drive the different lighting groups within
projects
• Controllers support an industry-standard RS485 port to
communicate with other devices on the DyNet network, as well as
with 3rd-party devices like HVAC, network devices, user interfaces
• Available in both DIN-rail and wall-box configurations 18
• Devices can store over 170 presets, allowing recall of complex
switching logic from simple network messages
• Preset scenarios are stored within each relay device
Applications
Depends on the lighting system in which the controls are used
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 685
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Multipurpose Controllers
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 686
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite HF Ballast Controllers
Benefits
Product Benefits
Benefits Allows lighting designers to push the boundaries of creativity
Features
Each dimmer can store over 170 scenes for unrestricted flexibility
Live editing of lighting levels
Applications
Depends on the lighting system in which the controls are used
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 687
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite HF Ballast Controllers
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 688
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Relay Controllers
Benefits
Product Benefits
Enables a range of relay controllers with a variety of circuit numbers
and sizes to work individually or as part of a system.
Simplifies commissioning process and network messages.
Features
Available in both DIN-rail and wall-box configurations
Each device can store over 170 presets
Applications
Depends on the lighting system in which the controls are used
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 689
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Relay Controllers
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 690
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite System Integration
Benefits
Product Benefits
Reduces repetitive end-user interaction
Allows access to fully automated site from one interface
Features
A range of different gateways provides different integration
opportunities and network management options
Applications
Depends on the lighting system in which the controls are used
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 691
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite System Integration
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 692
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite System Integration
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 693
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Network Accessories
Applications
Depends on the lighting system in which the controls are used
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 694
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Sensors
Benefits
Product Benefits
Reduces the need for many different types of sensors, thereby
preventing ceiling clutter
Combines motion detection, light level detection and IR receive in
one unit, thus improving efficiency
Features
Sensors are fully remotely programmable
Built-in microprocessor
Applications
Depends on the lighting system in which the controls are used
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 695
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Time clocks
Benefits
Product Benefits
Can be used for energy management and to select scenes at preset
times of the day or week
Can provide full automation of a large project
Features
Pre-programmed events can be overwritten with local button press
Can be used to set the operating mode of other devices in energy
management applications
Sunset/sunrise tracking and automatic daylight savings adjustment
Can interface with other devices over DyNet RS485 network
Applications 18
Depends on the lighting system in which the controls are used
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 696
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite Remote Controls
Applications
Depends on the lighting system in which the controls are used
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 697
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite User Interface
Features
• Wide choice of products for any application
• Ultimate in flexibility – various styles and finishes for consumer and
commercial environment, full configurability and customization
• Wiring devices – many function types, aesthetic matching to control
panels, modular design
• Panels – many different button layouts, custom engraving,
programming settings within area 18
• Touchscreens - ultimate interactivity, intuitiveness by custom
created screen interface, limitless décor matching options
Applications
• Hospitality, retail, offices
• Public spaces and multi-purpose event centers
• Smart homes
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 698
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite User Interface
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 699
Lighting controls > Indoor Lighting Management Systems > Dynalite User Interface
18
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 700
Lighting controls > SSL Controls > iPlayer3
iPlayer 3
Benefits
• Stores and plays custom-authored or preprogrammed light shows -
after uploading, shows can be accessed for editing
• Controls up to two full DMX universes or 340 individual RGB
luminaires
• Five touch-sensitive preset buttons and an LCD interface allow
navigation between different operating modes
19
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 701
Lighting controls > SSL Controls > Video System Manager Pro
Benefits
• Integrated software/hardware solution for video-based Ethernet
control, facilitating the reproduction of complex video effects in
lighting installations
• Converts standard live video signals from a variety of media
sources including media servers, DVD players, camcorders and PCs
• Streams the video content, even to large installations with up to
thousands of individually controlled LED-based nodes
19
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 702
Lighting controls > SSL Controls > Tools & Accessories
19
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 703
Lighting controls > SSL Controls > SSL Controls
Benefits
• Set-and-forget operation
• Ability to download and play custom shows
• Ultra-compact and lightweight
Features
• Shows loop automatically – no trigger or additional configuration
required
• Choice of six configurable effects
• Download and play custom ColorPlay 3 light shows
• Weight of only 87 g and a small footprint
• Includes a removable 2 GB microSD card, generous enough to
store a lengthy or complex ColorPlay 3 light show
Applications
• Small to medium-sized installations with dynamic RGB or dynamic
white DMX controllable fixtures
19
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 704
Lighting controls > SSL Controls > ZCX400 Power/data accessories
19
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 705
Lighting controls > SSL Controls > ZCX400 Power/data accessories
19
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 706
Lighting controls > SSL Controls > IntelliPower
Benefits
• Allows dynamic LED lighting solutions in existing installations
without the need for new wiring.
• By merging control data with line voltage and transmitting them
over a single standard 2 + ground cable, IntelliPower lets you
cost-effectively install intelligent Powercore fixtures in existing
structures.
• IntelliPower systems work seamlessly with the complete Philips line
of controllers, including Video System Manager Pro, Light System
Manager, and iPlayer 3, as well as third-party controllers.
Features
• Allows installation of dynamic LED lighting without replacing
existing cabling.
• Ideal for situations where re-wiring is not desirable or feasible.
• Allows flexible standard mains wiring schemes (mains plug &
socket-based) to not only power but also control Philips Color
Kinetics Powercore fixtures, e. g. in shop windows.
• IP66 outdoor-rated 19
• Site Assessment Tool provides support in evaluating site readiness,
troubleshooting, and commissioning.
Applications
• Historical buildings
• In-ground systems
• Bridges
• Monumental exteriors
• Retail
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 707
Lighting controls > Outdoor Luminaire Based Control > VAYA DMX Booster
Features
• 1:6-way DMX/RDM splitter/booster
• Isolated DMX/RDM input/outputs
• RDM mode for Philips Vaya auto-discovery
• DMX mode for Philips Vaya fixture control
• Surface or DIN rail-mountable
• AC adaptor included
• 3-year warranty
Applications
• DMX/RDM networks
20
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 708
Appendix > Approvals and standards
21
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 709
Appendix > Lighting Technology
Lighting Technology
Fundamentals of Light and Colour
Radiation These two are ultra-violet radiation (UV) in the direction
Radiation is the emission and transmission of energy in of shorter wavelengths and infrared radiation (IR) in the
the form of electro-magnetic waves of a speciic frequency direction of longer wavelengths. The behaviour of the
and wavelength. The propagation velocity of the electro- various kinds of optical radiation is largely similar, they can
magnetic waves in vacuum is approx. 300,000 km/s all be generated by artiicial radiation sources and directed
independent of the frequency. In radioparent gases, luids using optical modules.
and solid bodies the propagation velocity is always less
than in vacuum. Most physical phenomena related to the Optical radiation is subdivided as follows, taking into
propagation of radiation can be explained with the theory account the fact that the boundaries cannot be clearly
of electro-magnetic waves. deined and that, in the case of light, they depend on the
individual person’s visual faculties:
Interactions between matter and radiation though are
explained with quantum theory. It states that energy is Ultra-violet radiation: Infrared radiation:
emitted and absorbed only in elementary quantities by UV-C 100 nm – 280 nm IR-A 780 nm – 1,4 μm
so called quantums or photons. Examples of phenomena UV-B 280 nm – 315 nm IR-B 1,4 μm – 3,0 μm
taken from quantum theory are photo electric, chemical or UV-A 315 nm – 380 nm IR-C 3,0 μm – 1,0 mm
biological efects. Visible radiation:
Light 380 nm – 780 nm
2. Optical radiation
Optical radiation represents a small part of the spectrum of UV-C radiation has a bactericide efect and causes erythem
electromagnetic waves of about 1 nm to 1 mm wavelength. It (redness of the skin) and conjunctivitis. Radiation with
comprises visible radiation, which stimulates the sensation wavelengths under 200 nm generates ozone from oxygen.
of brightness in the eye and is called light as well as the two UV-B radiation causes erythem and generates vitamin D in
adjacent kinds of radiation in the spectrum. the body. UV-A radiation tans the skin without causing a
sunburn. It stimulates certain substances to generate
Wavelength and Radiation luorescence and is therefore used to analyze cheques
and bank notes as well as to create decorative efects
nm
in advertising. Infrared radiation (IR) is being absorbed
10 13 LW by material and transformed into heat especially in the
MW shortwave range.
10 11
KW
10 9 UKW The spectrum of visible radiation (light) can be subdivided
10 7 TV into various wavelength ranges, causing certain colour
sensations in the human eye:
10 5 Radar
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 710
Appendix > Lighting Technology
Spectral Luminosity Coloured objects are perceived in their true colour only if
the respective colour is present in the spectrum of the light
source too. This is the case e.g. with the sun, incandescent
1,0
and luorescent lamps with good colour rendering qualities.
Relative spectral luminosity
5. Fading of materials
0,4 Fading of e.g. textiles is an efect of photo chemical
Night Day processes caused by the absorption of radiation energy.
The amount of change in colour depends on the intensity
0,2 of the illuminance the material is exposed to, the duration
of time the material is exposed to the radiation, the
temperature and the spectral formation of the radiation;
300 400 500 600 700 nm the shorter the wavelength the higher the energy of the
radiation. The fading efect can be slowed down by
Wavelength
reducing the illuminance, by switching on the light source
for short periods of time only, and by using light sources
4. Spectrum
emitting little shortwave radiation.
White sunlight is made up of electro-magnetic waves of
various lengths. Guiding a narrow beam of sunlight through
The fading risk can be calculated using the following formula:
a glass prism displays a colour spectrum similar to the one
FR = 0,02 x DF x E x t
we see in a rainbow. During the generation of a rainbow the
FR = Fading risk DF = Damage factor
numerous raindrops in the air act as prisms breaking up the
E = Illuminance (lx) t = Time (hrs)
sunlight. Each colour represents a distinctive wavelength.
A FR of 100 represents the exposure to light in a shop
All light waves taken together create the impression of
window during summer with bright sunshine for one hour.
white light
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 711
Appendix > Lighting Technology
Retina
Cornea
Iris
Pupil
Eye axis
Illuminance Spectrum
C
Anterior chamber
of the eye
Lens
Choroidea
Vitreous body
Time Temperature Blind spot
Nerve cord
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 712
Appendix > Lighting Technology
Chromaticity Diagram
520 nm
0,8
y 540 nm
D Daylight
510
P Black body
Luminous matter Super 80
Green 560
0,6
500
580
3300K
5000K
0,4 nw ww
P 600
tw Red
490
D 780
0,2 21
480
Blue
0
380
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 713
Appendix > Lighting Technology
η
Luminous efficacy Φ Lp Emitted luminous flux divided by the power input of the lamps
of a light source η=
P
Light output ratio η LB Φ L (tL) Ratio of the total flux of the luminaire, measured under specific
η LB = practical conditions, to the sum of the individual luminous fluxes of the
ΣΦ Lp lamps operating outside the luminaire under specific conditions
Utilance ηR ΦN
ηR = Ratio of a lighting installations’ luminous flux on the utilized area to the
ΣΦ L total flux emitted to the room by the luminaires
Utilization factor ηB
ΦN Emitted luminous flux on the utilized area divided by the total flux of all
ηB = the lamps in a lighting installation
ΣΦ Lp
η B = η R • η LB
21
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 714
Appendix > Lighting Technology
Lighting Requirements
1. Light colour 2. Colour rendering
Light colour is a lamp’s own colour. The most similar colour The general colour rendering index Ra, derived from
temperature (Kelvin) is used to identify the respective light a set of eight test colours taken from everyday live, is
colour. All lamps with a most similar colour temperature used to evaluate the colour rendering characteristics of
of over 5300 K belong to the group of daylight white (tw) a lamp. Its theoretical maximum value is 100. The lower
light sources, like e.g. daylight white luorescent lamps. High the colour rendering index the worse the colour rendering
pressure mercury lamps and “white” luorescent lamps characteristics of the lamp. For practical purposes the
belong to the group of lamps with neutral white (nw) light colour rendering indices are divided into diferent levels.
colours with colour temperatures between 3300 K and DIN EN 12464-1 states six of these levels. Lamps of level
5300 K. Incandescent lamps and “warm tint” luorescent 1A are used in applications requiring a colour rendering
lamps belong to the group of lamps with warm white (ww) as close as possible to the natural appearance, e.g. in the
light colours with a colour temperature under 3300 K. printing trade, museums, textile and leather goods shops.
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 715
Philips Lighting Warranty Policies
Philips operates a number of warranty policies for its ranges in
luminaires, lamps and components. For full details including
how to request extensions and variations of warranties please
visit philips.co.uk/lightingwarranties
Index
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 717
Index
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 718
Index
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 719
Index
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 720
Index
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 721
Index
22
Indoor and Outdoor Luminaires 2014 More information can be found at: www.philips.co.uk/lighting/ 722
For more information contact your local dealer
or use the following details:
Philips Lighting
Philips Centre
Guildford Business Park
Guildford
Surrey
GU2 8XH
Philips Lighting
Philips House
South County Business Park
Dublin 18
Co. Dublin
Ireland
More information on
Philips Lighting can
be found at
www.philips.co.uk/lighting